- 1-866-983-4279
- RECENTLY SEEN
- MY ACCOUNT Welcome to Vegas.com! Sign in to see deals of up to 50% off. Sign in Ă
- Attractions
Search Las Vegas Shows
Las vegas travel guides, book your vacation, planning a trip to las vegas: the ultimate 3-day itinerary.
Nothing can be more daunting than too many choices, and when you're planning a trip to Vegas, you'll definitely feel some analysis paralysis. But don't sweat it! Your Vegas experts are on the case, and we have planning a Vegas trip down to a science. So pack those bags and get ready for one hell of a good time with our ultimate three-day Las Vegas itinerary.
Las Vegas Trip: Day One
Whether you're only in town for one day or it's the first out of a three-day Vegas trip, you'll want to make the most out of these 24 hours. Thereâs certainly not a lack of things to do in Las Vegas , but deciding what to do is intimidating. Since we know exactly what you should be checking off your Sin City bucket list, your 24-hour dance with Lady Luck should go a little something like this:
A Vegas Trip Starts with Brunch
Breakfast is the most important meal of the day, so a visit to one of the best brunch spots in Las Vegas should be high on your to-do list. Weâll point you to The Cosmopolitan . We donât have a bias, but we do love this one for its massive variety of delicious food and its central Strip location. A Vegas brunch allows you to indulge in a range of worldly cuisine while still feeding the pro-wrestler inside you. More importantly, a Vegas trip is never complete without a bottomless mimosa.
Sightseeing on the Vegas Strip
Once your stomach is bursting with steak and strudel, itâs time to take in the sights. Binoculars, fanny packs, and Hawaiian shirts are optional, but weâre more about seeing as many landmarks as possible on our three-day Vegas trip. We find that the most efficient way to do that is with a Big Bus Tour that whisks you away to every notable destination on your checklist while still giving you plenty of time to explore on your own. So, Letâs start with some casino hopping. Amidst the singing slot machines and the bustling gaming tables, every hotel has a unique theme. One minute youâll find yourself in the days of the Roman Empire inside the opulent lobby of Caesars Palace , and the next, youâll be among the Egyptian ruins of The Luxor .
As you make your way down Las Vegas Boulevard, stop at The High Roller or FLY LINQ Zipline located at The LINQ Promenade. This observation wheel is the largest in the United States so chances are you wonât have trouble finding it. The High Rollerâs pods have some of the best views in the city and include an open bar for visitors who want to get started on their Vegas drinking with an afternoon cocktail or two. Speaking of afternoon refreshments, the High Roller is surrounded by tons of food options that include the west-coast fast food favorite In-N-Out that is a must for anyone who hasn't tried it before. So go ahead and grab a tasty lunch before continuing your Vegas trip with a full tank.
When you're planning out a Las Vegas itinerary, it's pretty much obligatory that you go to the Grand Canal Shoppes inside The Venetian. These upscale indoor shops transport you straight to Venice, Italy. Including a recreation of the famous canal complete with working gondolas and singing gondoliers to operate them.
As for your foliage needs, you'll want to head over to the Bellagio Conservatory where hundreds of horticulturists arrange thousands of flowers into the most beautiful botanical arrangements in the city. Inspired by various happenings around the world, the Bellagio Conservatory is totally free and is a sight that you must see to believe.
OK, weâre hopping over to another country in Las Vegas land, and this time itâs for dinner and some pre-show action. Dinner on the patio at Mon Ami Gabi at Paris Las Vegas is obligatory. This quaint French cafĂ© serves up authentic French meals and offers an incredible dining experience. As youâre sipping on bubbly and replenishing your energy reserves, turn your attention to stage west, a.k.a. The Bellagio Fountains . With Performances every 15 minutes beginning at 8 p.m. and ending at midnight, this ultra popular free Las Vegas attraction can be the entertainment to your meal if you schedule your hunger pangs accordingly. Front row seats to the fountains, drool-worthy dishes, and prime people watching â this is what we like to call the Las Vegas dinnertime trifecta.
Partake in The Famous Vegas Nightlife
Once your food digests and you hit your second wind, head over to one of the dozens of fantastic shows on The Strip. Las Vegas has a show for every audience that ranges from hilarious family-friendly magicians to the spiciest of adult entertainment with plenty of options in between. So no matter who you're visiting Sin City with, our live shows are the perfect way to spend an evening out on the town.
Your final mission, should you choose to accept it, is to keep the party going until you leave the tarmac in a bloodshot state. Scratch that dancing itch with the rest of the beautiful party-goers at one of our ultra-famous nightclubs. Omnia inside Caesars Palace is one of our favorites, but there are plenty of other nightlife options both on and off the Strip where you can lose yourself in the heart-pumping music until your evening blurs into that sparkling Vegas abyss. If you donât see the sunrise when you leave, you probably didnât do your Vegas vacation right.
DAY ONE VEGAS TRIP PLANNER MUST-DOS
Vegas trip: day two.
Well, check you out, you lived to tell the tale of your first day in Sin City, and youâre ready to start the second day of your Las Vegas itinerary. Since youâve already gotten a good taste of the Strip, day two is taking us to the place where Sin City got its start: Downtown on Fremont Street .
Check Out Historic Fremont Street
What used to be a small, whistle-wetting pit stop for cowboys passing through has become a neon-lit adult fantasy world. Like the champ it is, Fremont Street holds its reputation for being the best in the West for its undeniable good-time allure. Hosting guests in hotels of yesteryear while keeping up with the current century through modern upgrades and entertainment, Downtown Las Vegas remains the most eclectic and authentic part of the city to date. You can spend the whole day strolling down Fremont Street, soaring above the action on SlotZilla , or just parking it on a bench to people watch and enjoy the free entertainment provided by the Fremont Street Experience.
Once you get your fill of Las Vegasâ past, head back towards the Strip for more of what you canât find anywhere else. If you dare (and weâre triple dog daring you), take the 829-foot plunge via The Sky Jump at The STRAT for an ultimate adrenaline rush. Donât worry, youâre completely harnessed into the controlled fall, but we promise that jumping off this tower is a total rush. However, if you prefer the safer side of things, you can also take in the killer 360 views on the Skypod Observation Deck .
A Vegas Trip Needs Some Souvenirs
Need some time for that adrenaline to wear off? Bust out the plastic, because itâs time for some retail therapy. Fashion Show Mall is a great place to chill, grab a bite, and get your wardrobe on point. Loaded with 250 shops, 8 department stores, and 25 food options, this shopping oasis will make sure you go home with some sexy Vegas swag. The best part is, Fashion Show Mall features some of our favorite Las Vegas Strip attractions like Shaq's Fantasy Lab . So if your crew is about to make "shop till you drop" happen, step inside this one-of-a-kind immersive experience for a much-needed break and unique endeavor.
Dinner and Cocktails - Vegas Style
Look at the time; you should probably get cleaned up for a night on the town to finish off the second day of your Las Vegas trip. Youâll start with pre-dinner drinks at the Chandelier Bar . at The Cosmopolitan. You canât miss it, itâs draped in crystal and takes up three floors of the property and oh yeah - looks like a massive chandelier. Each level of this bar has its own menu with varied drinks created by the on-property mixologist. Take it from us, try the Verbena. You chew on a Szechuan button and feel a few crazy sensations on your tongue as you drink this super yummy cocktail. A perfect pre-dinner indulgence, these special drinks will give you a new cocktail experience and get you ready for your main course. We recommend Secret Pizza for an old-school laid back vibe or STK if you're craving the flavors of an upscale, modern steakhouse.
Enjoy Out of This World Vegas Entertainment
Now that your stomach stopped growling, itâs time to be entertained. Cirque du Soleil is a Las Vegas staple, and we canât wait to see your face after watching these must-see productions. Since there are several Cirque shows to choose from, you've got your work cut out for you when it comes to choosing just one for your Las Vegas itinerary â but just know that there is no wrong choice with these fantastic, high-flying shows. From stunning high dives into sparkling waters with âOâ at Bellagio to tribute shows celebrating pop music idols, the sheer acrobatics and storytelling power of these Vegas spectacles will blow away.
If you want a taste of more Las Vegas nightlife, but your feet are still sore from your previous dancefest, we recommend getting off the Strip to visit Area15 . Here you can enjoy a wide range of psychedelic art installations while sipping on a specialty mixed drink from their neon-lit bar. Area15 is also home to Meow Wolf's Omega Mart where you can explore a 52,000 square-foot maze of alien-like worlds and interactive art hidden within the facade of a not-so-normal grocery store.
DAY TWO VEGAS TRIP PLANNER MUST-DOS
Vegas trip: day three.
Congrats! Youâve made it to your third day in Las Vegas and you deserve some hard-earned rest and relaxation. Of course, this day will still be packed with excitement, but itâll be a little less like Black Friday shopping and a lot more like a Jimmy Buffet song.
Get Out Into Nature
One thing about Las Vegas that most visitors neglect is the fact that thereâs plenty of fun to be had off the Strip. This is not a joke, people travel from all over the world to get their rock climbing and hiking fix within the enormous expanse of Red Rock Canyon or the iconic Grand Canyon that's just a car ride, bus, or helicopter ride away from Sin City. Whether you drive yourself or opt for one of our Grand Canyon Tours , the most important part is that you get yourself to the Canyon well before sundown.
Finish Strong with a Stellar Vegas View
After your day of adventure, indulge in something a little more refined back on the Strip to finish your Las Vegas trip a high note. Las Vegas has plenty of dining options that overlook some breathtaking views where you can savor the tastiest of gourmet dishes.
Take it a few stories up and check out the Eiffel Tower Viewing Deck that offers stunning sights of the Bellagio Fountains and other iconic hotels. And if you really want to go out with a bang, take a nighttime Helicopter Tour over the Las Vegas Strip. The sparkle of the bright city lights against the dark desert backdrop will remind you one last time that Las Vegas is a place that you must see to believe.
DAY THREE VEGAS TRIP PLANNER MUST-DOS
More las vegas information.
- Best Day Trips From Las Vegas
- Best Day Daytime Activities in Las Vegas
- 20 Things to Do Under $20 in Las Vegas
This site asks for consent to use your data
- perm_identity Personalised advertising and content, advertising and content measurement, audience research and services development
- devices Store and/or access information on a device
- How can I change my choice?
- What if I don't consent?
- How does legitimate interest work?
- Do I have to consent to everything?
Your personal data will be processed and information from your device (cookies, unique identifiers, and other device data) may be stored by, accessed by and shared with 136 TCF vendor(s) and 63 ad partner(s) , or used specifically by this site or app.
Some vendors may process your personal data on the basis of legitimate interest, which you can object to by managing your options below. Look for a link at the bottom of this page or in our privacy policy where you can withdraw consent.
Manage options
Data preferences
Manage your data
You can choose how your personal data is used. Vendors want your permission to do the following:
TCF vendors
Store and/or access information on a device
Cookies, device or similar online identifiers (e.g. login-based identifiers, randomly assigned identifiers, network based identifiers) together with other information (e.g. browser type and information, language, screen size, supported technologies etc.) can be stored or read on your device to recognise it each time it connects to an app or to a website, for one or several of the purposes presented here.
Use limited data to select advertising
Advertising presented to you on this service can be based on limited data, such as the website or app you are using, your non-precise location, your device type or which content you are (or have been) interacting with (for example, to limit the number of times an ad is presented to you).
Create profiles for personalised advertising
Information about your activity on this service (such as forms you submit, content you look at) can be stored and combined with other information about you (for example, information from your previous activity on this service and other websites or apps) or similar users. This is then used to build or improve a profile about you (that might include possible interests and personal aspects). Your profile can be used (also later) to present advertising that appears more relevant based on your possible interests by this and other entities.
Use profiles to select personalised advertising
Advertising presented to you on this service can be based on your advertising profiles, which can reflect your activity on this service or other websites or apps (like the forms you submit, content you look at), possible interests and personal aspects.
Create profiles to personalise content
Information about your activity on this service (for instance, forms you submit, non-advertising content you look at) can be stored and combined with other information about you (such as your previous activity on this service or other websites or apps) or similar users. This is then used to build or improve a profile about you (which might for example include possible interests and personal aspects). Your profile can be used (also later) to present content that appears more relevant based on your possible interests, such as by adapting the order in which content is shown to you, so that it is even easier for you to find content that matches your interests.
Use profiles to select personalised content
Content presented to you on this service can be based on your content personalisation profiles, which can reflect your activity on this or other services (for instance, the forms you submit, content you look at), possible interests and personal aspects. This can for example be used to adapt the order in which content is shown to you, so that it is even easier for you to find (non-advertising) content that matches your interests.
Measure advertising performance
Information regarding which advertising is presented to you and how you interact with it can be used to determine how well an advert has worked for you or other users and whether the goals of the advertising were reached. For instance, whether you saw an ad, whether you clicked on it, whether it led you to buy a product or visit a website, etc. This is very helpful to understand the relevance of advertising campaigns.
Measure content performance
Information regarding which content is presented to you and how you interact with it can be used to determine whether the (non-advertising) content e.g. reached its intended audience and matched your interests. For instance, whether you read an article, watch a video, listen to a podcast or look at a product description, how long you spent on this service and the web pages you visit etc. This is very helpful to understand the relevance of (non-advertising) content that is shown to you.
Understand audiences through statistics or combinations of data from different sources
Reports can be generated based on the combination of data sets (like user profiles, statistics, market research, analytics data) regarding your interactions and those of other users with advertising or (non-advertising) content to identify common characteristics (for instance, to determine which target audiences are more receptive to an ad campaign or to certain contents).
Develop and improve services
Information about your activity on this service, such as your interaction with ads or content, can be very helpful to improve products and services and to build new products and services based on user interactions, the type of audience, etc. This specific purpose does not include the development or improvement of user profiles and identifiers.
Use limited data to select content
Content presented to you on this service can be based on limited data, such as the website or app you are using, your non-precise location, your device type, or which content you are (or have been) interacting with (for example, to limit the number of times a video or an article is presented to you).
Ensure security, prevent and detect fraud, and fix errors
Your data can be used to monitor for and prevent unusual and possibly fraudulent activity (for example, regarding advertising, ad clicks by bots), and ensure systems and processes work properly and securely. It can also be used to correct any problems you, the publisher or the advertiser may encounter in the delivery of content and ads and in your interaction with them.
Deliver and present advertising and content
Certain information (like an IP address or device capabilities) is used to ensure the technical compatibility of the content or advertising, and to facilitate the transmission of the content or ad to your device.
Match and combine data from other data sources
Information about your activity on this service may be matched and combined with other information relating to you and originating from various sources (for instance your activity on a separate online service, your use of a loyalty card in-store, or your answers to a survey), in support of the purposes explained in this notice.
Link different devices
In support of the purposes explained in this notice, your device might be considered as likely linked to other devices that belong to you or your household (for instance because you are logged in to the same service on both your phone and your computer, or because you may use the same Internet connection on both devices).
Identify devices based on information transmitted automatically
Your device might be distinguished from other devices based on information it automatically sends when accessing the Internet (for instance, the IP address of your Internet connection or the type of browser you are using) in support of the purposes exposed in this notice.
Use precise geolocation data
With your acceptance, your precise location (within a radius of less than 500 metres) may be used in support of the purposes explained in this notice.
Vendor preferences
Confirm choices
Confirm our vendors
Vendors can use your data to provide services. Declining a vendor can stop them from using the data you shared.
Exponential Interactive, Inc d/b/a VDX.tv
Cookie duration: 90 (days).
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Probabilistic identifiers, Privacy choices, Usersâ profiles, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
Cookie duration resets each session.
Roq.ad GmbH
Cookie duration: 365 (days).
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Probabilistic identifiers, Privacy choices, Precise location data, Authentication-derived identifiers, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
AdMaxim Limited
Cookie duration: 30 (days).
Data collected and processed: Probabilistic identifiers, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data
Index Exchange Inc.
Cookie duration: 395 (days).
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Privacy choices, Precise location data, IP addresses, Non-precise location data
Cookie duration resets each session. Uses other forms of storage.
Cookie duration: 396 (days).
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Probabilistic identifiers, Privacy choices, Usersâ profiles, Authentication-derived identifiers, IP addresses, User-provided data, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
BeeswaxIO Corporation
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Probabilistic identifiers, Privacy choices, Precise location data, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
Sovrn, Inc.
Data collected and processed: Device characteristics, Privacy choices, Usersâ profiles, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
Doesn't use cookies.
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Probabilistic identifiers, Usersâ profiles, Authentication-derived identifiers, IP addresses, Non-precise location data
Uses other forms of storage.
RTB House S.A.
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Privacy choices, Usersâ profiles, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
The UK Trade Desk Ltd
Cookie duration: 3629 (days).
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Probabilistic identifiers, Privacy choices, Usersâ profiles, Precise location data, Authentication-derived identifiers, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
admetrics GmbH
Data collected and processed: Device characteristics, Privacy choices, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data
Nexxen Inc.
Cookie duration: 180 (days).
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Probabilistic identifiers, Privacy choices, Usersâ profiles, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
Cookie duration: 184 (days).
Yahoo EMEA Limited
Cookie duration: 397 (days).
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Probabilistic identifiers, Privacy choices, Usersâ profiles, Precise location data, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
ADventori SAS
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Probabilistic identifiers, IP addresses, User-provided data, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
TripleLift, Inc.
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Privacy choices, Usersâ profiles, Precise location data, Authentication-derived identifiers, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
Xandr, Inc.
Nexxen group llc.
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Probabilistic identifiers, Privacy choices, Usersâ profiles, IP addresses, Non-precise location data
Data collected and processed: Device characteristics, Probabilistic identifiers, Privacy choices, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
ADITION (Virtual Minds GmbH)
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Probabilistic identifiers, Privacy choices, Usersâ profiles, Precise location data, IP addresses, User-provided data, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
Active Agent (Virtual Minds GmbH)
Taboola europe limited.
Cookie duration: 366 (days).
Cookie duration: 3650 (days).
Magnite, Inc.
Rategain adara inc.
Cookie duration: 730 (days).
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Privacy choices, Usersâ profiles, Authentication-derived identifiers, IP addresses, User-provided data, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
Sift Media, Inc
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Precise location data, IP addresses, Non-precise location data
Rakuten Marketing LLC
Lumen research limited.
Data collected and processed: Device characteristics, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
Amazon Ad Server
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Privacy choices, Usersâ profiles, Authentication-derived identifiers, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Privacy choices, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
Yieldlab (Virtual Minds GmbH)
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Privacy choices, Usersâ profiles, Precise location data, IP addresses, User-provided data, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
Roku Advertising Services
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Probabilistic identifiers, Privacy choices, Usersâ profiles, Precise location data, Authentication-derived identifiers, IP addresses, User-provided data, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
Nano Interactive Group Ltd.
Data collected and processed: Device characteristics, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
Simplifi Holdings LLC
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Precise location data, IP addresses
PubMatic, Inc
Comscore b.v..
Cookie duration: 720 (days).
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Probabilistic identifiers, Privacy choices, Authentication-derived identifiers, IP addresses, User-provided data, Browsing and interaction data
Flashtalking
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Probabilistic identifiers, Privacy choices, Usersâ profiles, Authentication-derived identifiers, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
PulsePoint, Inc.
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, IP addresses
Smaato, Inc.
Cookie duration: 21 (days).
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Privacy choices, Usersâ profiles, Precise location data, Authentication-derived identifiers, IP addresses, User-provided data, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
Semasio GmbH
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Privacy choices, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data
Crimtan Holdings Limited
Genius sports uk limited.
Cookie duration: 390 (days).
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Probabilistic identifiers, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
Blis Global Limited
Cookie duration: 400 (days).
Lotame Solutions, Inc
Cookie duration: 274 (days).
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Probabilistic identifiers, Privacy choices, Usersâ profiles, Authentication-derived identifiers, IP addresses, User-provided data, Browsing and interaction data
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Privacy choices, Authentication-derived identifiers, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
GroupM UK Limited
Loopme limited, near intelligence.
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Privacy choices, Usersâ profiles, Precise location data, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
DoubleVerify Inc.â
Bidswitch gmbh, iponweb gmbh.
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Privacy choices, Authentication-derived identifiers, IP addresses, User-provided data, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
NextRoll, Inc.
Cookie duration: 183 (days).
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Privacy choices, Usersâ profiles, IP addresses, User-provided data, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
Teads France SAS
Ströer ssp gmbh (ssp), os data solutions gmbh & co. kg.
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Probabilistic identifiers, Privacy choices, Usersâ profiles, IP addresses, User-provided data, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
Permodo GmbH
Platform161 b.v., adacado technologies inc. (dba adacado).
Data collected and processed: Privacy choices, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
Basis Global Technologies, Inc.
Smadex, s.l.u..
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Probabilistic identifiers, Privacy choices, Usersâ profiles, IP addresses, User-provided data, Non-precise location data
Bombora Inc.
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Usersâ profiles, Authentication-derived identifiers, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
EASYmedia GmbH
Remerge gmbh.
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
advanced store GmbH
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers
Magnite CTV, Inc.
Delta projects ab, usemax advertisement (emego gmbh).
Data collected and processed: Usersâ profiles
emetriq GmbH
Publicis media gmbh.
Cookie duration: 1825 (days).
M.D. Primis Technologies Ltd.
Cookie duration: 25 (days).
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Probabilistic identifiers, Privacy choices, IP addresses, User-provided data, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
OneTag Limited
Cloud technologies s.a., smartology limited.
Data collected and processed: IP addresses
Improve Digital
Adobe advertising cloud.
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Privacy choices, Authentication-derived identifiers, IP addresses
Bannerflow AB
Data collected and processed: Device characteristics, Privacy choices, IP addresses, Non-precise location data
Integral Ad Science (incorporating ADmantX)
Data collected and processed: Device characteristics, Privacy choices, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
Data collected and processed: Device characteristics, Privacy choices, Authentication-derived identifiers, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
Cookie duration: 393 (days).
Jivox Corporation
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Privacy choices, Usersâ profiles, Precise location data, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
Sage+Archer BV
Data collected and processed: Non-precise location data
On Device Research Limited
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Precise location data, IP addresses, User-provided data, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
Rockabox Media Ltd
Exactag gmbh.
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Privacy choices, Authentication-derived identifiers, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data
Celtra Inc.
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Precise location data, IP addresses
mainADV Srl
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Privacy choices, IP addresses, User-provided data, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Privacy choices, Usersâ profiles, Browsing and interaction data
The Kantar Group Limited
Cookie duration: 914 (days).
Nielsen Media Research Ltd.
Cookie duration: 120 (days).
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Privacy choices, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data
Pixalate, Inc.
Oracle advertising, audienceproject a/s, demandbase, inc., effiliation / effinity.
Data collected and processed: Device characteristics
Arrivalist Co.
Data collected and processed: IP addresses, Non-precise location data
Seenthis AB
Data collected and processed: Device characteristics, IP addresses
Commanders Act
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, IP addresses
travel audience GmbH
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Probabilistic identifiers, Usersâ profiles, Precise location data, Authentication-derived identifiers, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Probabilistic identifiers, IP addresses, Non-precise location data
Adludio Ltd.
Blendee srl, innovid llc, papirfly as, neustar, inc., a transunion company, verve group europe gmbh, otto (gmbh & co kg).
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Privacy choices, Usersâ profiles, IP addresses, User-provided data, Browsing and interaction data
Adobe Audience Manager, Adobe Experience Platform
Localsensor b.v., online solution, relay42 netherlands b.v..
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Probabilistic identifiers, Privacy choices, Usersâ profiles, IP addresses, User-provided data, Browsing and interaction data
GP One GmbH
Cookie duration: Uses session cookies.
Data collected and processed: Device characteristics, Privacy choices, IP addresses, User-provided data, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
The MediaGrid Inc.
Mindtake research gmbh.
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Probabilistic identifiers, Usersâ profiles, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data
Google Advertising Products
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Privacy choices, Usersâ profiles, IP addresses, Non-precise location data
Protected Media LTD
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Probabilistic identifiers, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data
Oracle Data Cloud - Moat
Hearts and science mĂŒnchen gmbh.
Cookie duration: 60 (days).
Amazon Advertising
Moloco, inc..
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, IP addresses, Non-precise location data
Adtriba GmbH
Objective partners bv.
Data collected and processed: Device characteristics, Privacy choices, IP addresses
Hurra Communications GmbH
Data collected and processed: Device identifiers, Device characteristics, Probabilistic identifiers, Precise location data, Authentication-derived identifiers, IP addresses, Browsing and interaction data, Non-precise location data
Ad partners
Booking.com
Dentsu aegis network, ignition one, omnicom media group, haensel ams, bdsk handels gmbh & co. kg, tradedoubler ab, marketing science consulting group, inc., travel data collective, advolution.control, batch media, vodafone gmbh, scenestealer, salesforce dmp, macromill group, applovin corp., fractional media.
Weâre in Myanmar right now and itâs SO epic⊠click here to follow along on Instagram.
- Meet the Team
- Work with Us
- Czech Republic
- Netherlands
- Switzerland
- Scandinavia
- Philippines
- South Korea
- New Zealand
- South Africa
- Budget Travel
- Work & Travel
- The Broke Backpacker Manifesto
- Travel Resources
- How to Travel on $10/day
Home » North America » Las Vegas
The BEST Las Vegas Itinerary in Existence (2024 âą UPDATED)
Whilst there remain doubts as to whether conventional time even truly exists in Las Vegas, there is no downside to a minor bit of planning.
And setting up with a great Las Vegas Itinerary is a sensational start.
Who knows ?!?
Maybe you will even see some of the things you planned to see in the first place…
Ok, you might find yourself curled up underneath an overused slot machine rather than at your 11am golf game, but it’s fun to try right? From the bleak desert landscapes of Red Rock Canyon to the glittering Las Vegas Casinos, there are some true essentials that form the backbone of any good Las Vegas trip…
What mischief awaits you..?
Do You Want to Travel FOREVER??
Pop your email in below to get a FREE copy of âHow to Travel the World on $10 a Day!’.
A Little Bit About this 3-Day Las Vegas Itinerary
Where to stay in las vegas, las vegas itinerary, las vegas itinerary day 1, las vegas itinerary day 2, las vegas itinerary day 3, what to do with more than 3 days in las vegas, best time to visit las vegas, how to get around in las vegas, plan a trip to las vegas- what to prepare, faq on las vegas itinerary, final thoughts.
So you’re heading to Las Vegas ? You back yourself at poker or blackjack so vehemently that you can’t afford your accommodation yet?
That is quite honestly a terrible move. Anyway, I am going to be taking you through the biggest and brightest of Las Vegas, from the Bellagio Fountain to the EPIC Las Vegas skyline, with a ton of info, insider tips, and unique places to visit .
This 3-day itinerary is organised with action from day 1! There is a lot to cover, and since Las Vegas is quite expensive, I expect you not to be able to hit every single attraction I’ve laid out. Take the bones, and use what I’ve gathered to give your trip that special X-factor! It should be easy in Vegas.
There is a top selection of things to do in Las Vegas , and definitely not enough time! I’ve added some saucy extras to my list in case your trip sadly ends up being longer than you planned. Oh no đ
3-day Las Vegas Itinerary Overview
- Day 1: The Fabulous Las Vegas Sign | Mandalay Bay Casino | The Republica Statue of Liberty | The Bellagio Conservatory and Botanical Gardens | Bellagio Fountains | The High Roller | Cirque Du Soleil | Caesar’s Palace
- Day 2: Red Rock Canyon | The Stratosphere Casino | Escape Blair Witch | Eiffel Tower Experience | Seven Magic Mountains
- Day 3: The Mob Museum | Fremont Street | The Venetian | The Adventuredome Theme Park | The Blue Man Group
If youâre planning a trip to Las Vegas, youâre going to want to stay in a location that makes a Las Vegas itinerary as accessible as possible. This vibrant city is full of accommodation options that cater to all budgets, and there are plenty of great places to stay in Las Vegas!
If you want to be close to all the action, the Las Vegas Strip is the place to be. The symbol of Vegas, this strip is lined with many of the cityâs iconic landmarks. From the Fountains of Bellagio to the grandiose Caesars Palace and the Egyptian-themed Luxor Hotel, this is the postcard of Las Vegas!
For a more old-timey Vegas feel, we recommend staying in Downtown Vegas . Youâll still find plenty of bars, restaurants, and shops, but with a more low-key feel. There are quite a lot of good Vegas Airbnbs based around here.
Fremont Street in Downtown Vegas is especially popular, and one of the oldest Las Vegas points of interest. Accommodation in this part of the city is more affordable and just a short drive from the Las Vegas Strip!
Best Hostel in Las Vegas – Sin City Hostel
Sin City Hostel is located on Las Vegas Boulevard, just a ten-minute walk to the north end of the Las Vegas Strip. There is a bus stop in close proximity that runs 24/7 and will take you to and from the Strip and downtown area. This hostel offers free walking tours and free breakfast! It gets busy, so book well in advance if you are headed to Las Vegas for the weekend.
Best Airbnb in Las Vegas – Angel’s Place (With Outdoor Pool!)
There is no better place for groups and families than this incredible Airbnb. With an awesome outdoor pool and a top location near the strip, this super safe, friendly and comfortable Airbnb will provide everything you need for a great stay! The best part: It’s not even that expensive! There are BBQing facilities, a classy kitchen, and enough beds to sleep 8 guests.
There is also ample parking space, with enough drive room for four cars. Family vacation? Go on.
Best Budget Hotel in Las Vegas – The Carriage House
The Carriage House is a great value for your money! Located just a quick four-minute drive from the Las Vegas Strip, youâll be close to all the action. This hotel offers spacious rooms and each is equipped with a kitchen or a kitchenette! There is also an outdoor pool, fitness center, and tennis court!
Best Luxury Hotel in Las Vegas – The Bellagio
The Bellagio is located in the heart of Las Vegas! This luxurious hotel and casino offer upscale rooms equipped with a flat-screen satellite TV, electronic drapes, bathrobes, a minibar, and more! There is a full-service spa on-site as well as numerous bars and restaurants. This hotel will make your vacation in Las Vegas as lavish as possible!
The hotel itself is just as beautiful as the rooms. You won’t be disappointed.
Ok, you’ve stumbled through the longest intro on earth, and now it’s time to collect! Here are the best things you can do in Las Vegas. Unless you’re staying for a classy weekend ?
The Fabulous Las Vegas Sign | Mandalay Bay Casino | The Republica Statue of Liberty | The Bellagio Conservatory and Botanical Gardens | Bellagio Fountains | The High Roller | Cirque Du Soleil | Caesar’s Palace
Day 1 is all about the strip. There are some things that you gotta do, and Day 1 of your Las Vegas Itinerary is all about ticking those boxes…
8:00 am â Check the Fabulous Las Vegas Sign
Every top class Vegas trip starts here. Admittedly, it is seriously touristy, but that shouldn’t stop you from clicking a few picks!
Not only is it pretty essential las Vegas viewing, but it is superbly located upon the Strip, and this gives you a great starting point for the day’s activities. I’d recommend taking the time to stop for an awesome breakfast near the sign.
There are a few great places to mange yourself nearby, including The Egg Shop, Della’s Kitchen and BBQ Mexicana if you fancy a spicy start to the day! If you fancy getting an attraction done early, this is your opportunity to tick the Pinball Hall of Fame off your list! It’s a great little attraction that will start you off before you start playing with the big boys.
- Cost â Free
- How long should I stay here? Around 1.5 hours (with breakfast). The signs not that much to do by itself!
- Getting there â You can drive or taxi, but there is also the ‘Las Vegas Sign’ bus stop right outside
10:00 pm â Mandalay Bay Casino and Beach
Our second stop for the day is your first chance to get hands on with a Las Vegas Casino. The Mandalay Bay Casino offers all of your favourite table games, including blackjack, poker, craps, and roulette. Youâll also find 1,200 slot and video poker machines! If you fancy a small flutter, I won’t tell.
If you’re with kids, see the Mandalay Bay Beach, an eleven-acre aquatic playground! Swim, splash, and soak up the sun at this popular Vegas attraction. Relax on the lazy river, ride a tide in the wave pool, or lounge in the lagoon. Check out the Beach Bar & Grill and the Bikini Bar for all your favorite pool-side snacks and drinks! This attraction is open seasonally, so if you travel to Las Vegas during the warmer months make sure to check it out!
New to the Mandalay Bay is the Polar Journey Exhibit. Get a glimpse into the earthâs polar regions and animals that call it home. Youâll be immersed through eight interactive exhibits including touch walls, teaching robot penguins, stimulated ice flow, and more excited features! This Las Vegas itinerary stop is fun for all ages!
- Cost â Free entry, but the beach costs $20 for non-hotel guests.
- How long should I stay here? It’s easy to spend the whole day here! 2 hours is a good amount, however.
- Getting there â It’s a fifteen-minute walk from the Las Vegas Sign. There is lots to see en route, so don’t worry about getting bored!
12:00 pm â The Republica Statue of Liberty and Leo the Lion
Continuing our odyssey upon the Strip, as we slowly meander northward, we’re going to hit the Republica Statue of Liberty, and Leo the Lion. Paris Las Vegas is somewhere around here too…
Anyway, this section of the Las Vegas strip is so busy you just have to walk it. Your mind will be left blown and wondering when Alice in Wonderland became a corporate entity. There is so much going on, and every casino has made an effort to stand out from the crowd.
Take the opportunity now to stop for a bit of lunch! There is a superb selection of great restaurants to dine at, and if you fancy something cheap, you shouldn’t have trouble locating something easy either. Try the New York Pizzeria, Panda Express (a classic Chinese fast food), and Raising Cane’s Chicken Fingers. Top munch.
- How long should I stay here? Lunchtime! Around 1.5 hours should be enough to grab something to eat.
- Getting there â Heading out into desert heat for another 15 minutes. Sorry guys, but I promise you it is worth it! Yes, we’ll get to the Bellagio…
2:00 pm â Bellagio Conservatory and Botanical Gardens
The Bellagio Conservatory and Botanical Garden is a truly enchanting and magical attraction in Vegas. The exhibits are beautifully and intricately put together by talented horticulturalists and designers who transform a floral playground into the sights and colours of the different seasons. The aroma is gently fragrant with the sweet smell of flowers in bloom.
The attention to detail is astounding and the passionate display of nature lets your imagination wander! Enjoy a leisurely stroll through one of the most picturesque areas in Las Vegas.
This attraction is best enjoyed during the day when you can witness the rays of sunshine streaming in through the glass roof and large windows. However, it is usually less crowded during the later hours of the evening. Pick the time that works best with your Las Vegas itinerary!
- How long should I stay here? Around 1.5 hours. Again, it’s easy to get lost and trapped inside the Bellagio. Don’t!
- Getting there â Again, a 20-minute walk up the strip! We’re going to power through…
3:30 pm â Fountains at Bellagio
You might think that choreographed routes in Vegas are limited to showgirls, but even the water can put on a captivating performance! The Fountains at Bellagio provide a dynamic and lively waterworks show!
The fountain projects streams of water that dance with lights and music; the choreography and overall synchronization are highly entertaining! Famous and recognizable musical tunes are chosen to complement this display. Once the sun sets, the lights come on and the show becomes even more delightful!
The fountains are surprisingly large, so you can catch a show from many different places on the Strip. Of course, nothing beats being directly in front of the fountains! Make sure to show up a little early to guarantee a good viewing spot. A lot of hotels facing the Bellagio Hotel will have views of the fountains as well. This free and easily accessible attraction is a must on any Vegas itinerary!
There are shows at regular intervals throughout the day. Monday through Friday the show runs every thirty minutes from 3:00 pm to 8:00, and every fifteen minutes after dark. On Saturdays and Sundays, the start time is earlier but the shows run every thirty minutes during the day and every fifteen-minutes after dark.
- How long should I stay here? Around five to ten minutes. You can stay for more than one show if you fancy!
- Getting there â Step outside and grab a great viewing spot!
4:15 pm â High Roller Observation Wheel at The LINQ
This High Roller observation wheel at the LINQ Hotel and Casino is a 550-foot tall, 520-foot diameter giant Ferris wheel! Located on the Las Vegas Strip, it has been operating since 2014 and is currently the world’s tallest Ferris Wheel!
It features glass-enclosed pod cabins with wonderful 360-degree views of the Strip and the Vegas Valley. The wheel takes 30 minutes to complete one rotation and features 28 spacious cabins. This is a must-do in Vegas for first-timers, thereâs really no other experience like it!
Of course, since this is Las Vegas, guests have the option of upgrading their high roller experience to a happy hour ticket! This option includes an in-cabin open bar and a bartender to serve you unlimited drinks for the entire half hour! Guests must be 21 and older to ride in the happy hour cabin.
If you donât want to purchase an unlimited happy-hour ticket but still want to enjoy a drink, you can also purchase drinks at the wheelhouse bar, located at the base of the giant observation wheel. The best time to experience this attraction is at night so you can see all the lights of Vegas shimmering from above!
Following the wheel, you’re gonna have some time to yourself, so grab a shower, dinner, and some downtime, and be back for your Cirque du Soleil show!
- Cost â $25 in the day/ $37 at night
- How long should I stay here? Less than 1 hour
- Getting there â You’ll never guess, but it is a fifteen-minute walk from the Bellagio…
9:00 pm â Cirque du Soleil
What makes this show to a whole new level is the incorporation of water. The cast is made up of eighty-five acrobats, synchronized swimmers, and divers who perform in and above a one-and-a-half million-gallon pool! Youâll be enchanted by underwater magic for ninety minutes!
The performance is accompanied by a mix of classical Western and world instrumental music. During the show, a live band plays to the side of the stage behind a glass wall. Cirque du Soleil is an entertainment company known for its epic productions and unique staging, and this show is no different!
Located in the Bellagio Hotel and Casino, this show has been in permanent residence since October 1998. Performances are usually given twice a day. If youâre spending a weekend in Las Vegas, we recommend booking your tickets in advance.
Insider Tip: Cirque du Soleil is insanely popular amongst visitors. That’s why it’s important to book your tickets well ahead of time. Luckily, there are multiple shows spread throughout the week and you’ve got plenty to choose from!
- Cost â Tickets start at $126
- How long should I stay here? Around 1.5 hours
- Getting there â Shows usually run at 7 and 9:30 most days. Head back to the Bellagio (15 min walk)
11:00 pm onwards â Caesars Palace
It’s a little cheeky for me to add this one to the list, but why not hey? You came to Vegas for a reason. A nightlife you can experience nowhere else…
This Las Vegas Strip Staple has appeared in countless movies including âThe Hangoverâ and âIronmanâ. Itâs one of the top Las Vegasâ landmarks and has a lot more to offer than just gambling.
Enjoy the architecture as you walk around the massive columns and frescoes paying tribute to the casinoâs namesake. The ancient Rome aesthetic of this casino is truly stunning, with gilded and ornate detail everywhere you look!
The spiral escalators at the entrance to the mall are truly enchanting, as is the rest of this mallâs grand and gilded interior! At the end of the Forum Shops, there is a 50,000-gallon saltwater Atlantis aquarium that features more than 300 colorful tropical fish!
You’ll also find one of Sin City’s most famous nightclubs inside Caesars Palace, Omnia nightclub. This lavish club has frequent celebrity hosts and popular DJs that play throughout the year. It is one of Vegasâ most upscale nightclubs; there are several dance floors and the venueâs rooftop offers unparalleled views of the Strip! Put this stop on your Las Vegas itinerary if you want to experience the best of Vegas nightlife!
Insider Tip: Check out the Fall of Atlantis show, located next to the Atlantis aquarium. This free show recounts the myth of Atlantis and entertains audiences with special effects, including animatronic figures, fire, and water! The show plays every hour on the hour, starting at 11:00 am.
- How long should I stay here? All night? All week? WHO KNOWS
- Getting there â Caesar’s palace is a ten-minute walk from the Cirque Du Soleil’s arena in the Bellagio
Wanna know how to pack like a pro? Well for a start you need the right gear….
These are packing cubes for the globetrotters and compression sacks for the real adventurers – these babies are a traveller’s best kept secret. They organise yo’ packing and minimise volume too so you can pack MORE.
Or, y’know… you can stick to just chucking it all in your backpack…
Red Rock Canyon | The Stratosphere Casino | Escape Blair Witch | Eiffel Tower Experience | Seven Magic Mountains
Ok, you’ve been to the Strip. You’ve seen a casino. Now it is time to get out into the wilderness. And maybe stop for a cocktail at lunch. Sound ok?
9:30 am â Check out the wilderness of the Red Rock Canyon
You’ve probably had enough of people by now, particularly tourists. Now is your chance to escape most of the crowds, and see some of the extraordinary Nevada scenery.
Since it is so close, it is a massive waste to go! Yes, the casinos are cool, but how about a massive pile of desert rocks? Especially if you’re a stranger to desert landscapes, there is nothing to be lost exploring this awesome example of geology.
The Red Rock Canyon can take up more of a day depending on how much you’re into hiking. You can also hire bikes to explore the area, or even do it by horseback!
- How long should I stay here? Around 2.5 hours
- Getting there â It’s a half an hour drive west of central Las Vegas
12:30 pm â Stratosphere Casino, Hotel and Tower
Okay, it’s about lunchtime, so time to head back to the strip for a little lunch and light entertainment.
There are some pretty cool things to do at the Stratosphere Resort and Casino . For one, check out the observation deck that sits at the top of the tallest freestanding tower in the U.S. It offers stunning 360-degree views of the Strip!
Dine at the Top of The World Restaurant, the only rotating fine-dining restaurant in Las Vegas. Enjoy amazing views of the city as the restaurant revolves 350-degrees every 80-minutes!
Get your scream on at the Stratosphereâs Skypod Thrill Rides. Located on top of the Stratosphere, there are three attractions that guests can ride for an enthralling experience. Youâll dangle over the building, blast 160-feet straight up, and catapult twenty-seven feet over the Towerâs edge!
For even more of an adrenaline rush, check out Skyjump. At this Vegas attraction, youâll take an open-air leap off the Stratosphere, from 829-feet above the Strip. Enjoy the heart-pounding excitement as you rush forty mph to the landing pad down below. Make sure to schedule this into your Vegas itinerary for at least three days if youâre into adventurous activities!
- Cost â The tower is between $20-$30 (depending on the time of week)
- Getting there â 30 min Drive back from the Red Rock Canyon. I wish there were things to do en route too…
3:00 pm â Try out the Escape Blair Witch escape room
Have you ever fancied scaring yourself completely silly? Testing your wits against a crafty escape room designer? Running away from horrifying actors?
Then you are going to adore heading to the Escape Blair Witch escape room. Right next door is the Saw experience, which is an escape room of the aforementioned theme.
Whilst there is a crazy amount to see on the strip, this will give you an experience that you certainly won’t forget. It’s widely loved, and seems to be great value for money. If you’re thinking about adding this to your Las Vegas itinerary, make sure to book in advance, since slots can get taken quickly, especially in summer months!
- How long should I stay here? Around 1.5 hours.
- Getting there â Walk around the block! 5-10 minute stroll.
5:00 pm â Eiffel Tower Experience
Get the best view of the Las Vegas Strip with these high-altitude attractions! The Paris Las Vegas is a half-scale replica of the actual Eiffel Tower in Paris. Youâll ride a glass elevator forty-six stories up to the top, which allows you to get an unobscured view of your surroundings.
The Paris Las Vegas is located in the middle of the Strip, making this a great place to take stunning photos of Vegas main attractions close-up. Guests are allowed to stay at the top as long as theyâd like!
This enchanting tower puts on a show of lights every thirty-minutes from sunset to midnight. Inspired by the real Eiffel Towerâs lights in France, it features choreographed twinkling light displays for visitors to enjoy each night!
Insider Tip: This attraction is best enjoyed at night, youâll see incredible views of the Las Vegas Strip lite up with a shimmering of lights and get the best views of the Bellagio fountains!
- Cost â $22 per person
- How long should I stay here? Less than an hour
- Getting there â 10 minute Taxi or drive from the Escape room/ Stratosphere Casino. Alternatively you can grab a bus to the ‘Las Vegas at the Paris’ bus stop.
7:00 pm â Top your Insta up at the Seven Magic Mountains
Heading out for sunset at the Seven Magic Mountains is an influencer worthy occupation. Or just something fun to do. There is nothing weirder than a bloke who has stacked some multicoloured rocks in a desert, and you get to enjoy this bizarre spectacle!
The art installation cost $3.5 million of state taxpayers’ money to install, and that is most likely one of the reasons why people make such a massive fuss of it. What greater to way to spend your time than to see how your tax dollars are being wasted?!?
Anyway, it is artistic and cool, so drop by for a wicked sunset! This multi-coloured exhibit has a very strange appeal. Afterwards, get a relaxed evenings rest. The 3rd day is again pretty full on!
- Getting there â It’s a 25 minute drive south from the Eiffel tower experience.
Sin City Hostel
Sin City Hostel is located on Las Vegas Boulevard, just a ten-minute walk to the north end of the Las Vegas Strip. If you prefer to stay in hostels, we have a curated guide of the best hostels in Las Vegas.
- Free Breakfast
The Mob Museum | Fremont Street | The Venetian | The Adventuredome Theme Park | The Blue Man Group
The Las Vegas itinerary is shaping up pretty well so far. Day 3 is for Downtown Las Vegas, and cleaning up the places in the strip that you haven’t got round to doing yet.
8:30 am â Walk the Mob Museum
The Mob Museum seeks to advance the understanding of organized crime, and the impact it has had on American society. Explore this Las Vegas hidden gems , learn real-life stories, and hear about actual events from the Mobâs history.
Take a self-guided tour where youâll see interactive exhibits, informative displays, and videos – all you need is an entry-ticket!
The museum spans three-floors; as of 2018 a fully operational speakeasy and distillery exhibit is now open for visitors in the basement. Learn about the history of American prohibition while sipping on hand-crafted prohibition-era cocktails!
Warning : This museum displays graphic photos of murder victims, therefore this attraction is not recommended for children.
- Cost â Tickets are $32.50
- How long should I stay here? Around 2 hours. There is a lot to see, and it’s undoubtedly one of the coolest attractions around.
- Getting there â Located in the centre of Downtown Las Vegas, it’s right next to the ‘Mob Museum’ bus stop.
10:45 am â The Fremont Street Experience
Discover old-school Vegas at the Fremont Street Experience. Located in historic Downtown Las Vegas, this is one of the cityâs original streets; it dates back to 1905 when Las Vegas was founded!
Today, Fremont Street offers a vibrant and lively atmosphere. This seven-block district possesses theworldâs largest LED video screen, called Viva Vision. This 1,500-feet long and 90-feet wide screen canopies over the street and shimmers with bright, changing lights!
The Slotzilla zip-line lets you fly over Fremont street like a superhero (or a seated position if you prefer). Get a unique view of one of Vegasâ most popular streets as you glide over the crowd!
Youâll see all sorts of street performers on this energetic street. From rappers and Vegas showgirls, to cartoon characters; Fremont Street really has it all! This is one of the best places to people watch, youâll see people dressed in all sorts of costumes. Some are hilarious, some amusingly unconventional, and some…not for kids.
Most of the bars, restaurants, and casinos found on Fremont Street are slightly less expensive than those found on The Strip. This is also a great place to pick up your Vegas souvenirs at an affordable price!
Live music shows play regularly in designated areas of the street. Grab a drink at any number of bars found nearby and enjoy some free entertainment! You should be able to get a great lunch here too!
- How long should I stay here? Around 3 hours. There is a ton to do and see here! (And lunch)
- Getting there â It’s a six minute walk from the mob museum.
2:00 pm â Grand Canal Shoppes at The Venetian
This picturesque shopping mall features cobblestone walkways and an illuminated painted ceiling made to reflect the sky. The Grand Canal Shoppes at the Venetian feature a quarter-mile-long stretch of shops and restaurants with more than 160 signature stores, including many luxury brands.
There are a handful of restaurants, many led by award-winning chefs like Wolfgang Puck and Emeril Lagasse! You donât have to be a fan of shopping to enjoy the shops’ Old World Italian design.
For a fun and romantic Vegas activity, take a Venetian gondola ride! Float beneath bridges, under balconies, and beside cafes as your singing gondolier glides through the Grand Canal in an authentic Venetian gondola!
Explore the vibrant Venetian streetscape inside the shopping center, or choose the outdoor gondola ride and experience the open-air right on the Las Vegas Strip! Couples especially will love this romantic addition to their itinerary for Las Vegas! This is definitely amongst the most kitsch things to do in Las Vegas but is still unmissable.
- Cost â Free. Gondola tickets start at $29.00 per person
- How long should I stay here? Around 2 hours
- Getting there â It’s a 10 minute cab from downtown Las Vegas
4:00 pm â Adventuredome Theme Park
This indoor theme park is located in the Circus Circus Resort and Casino. The theme park sits inside a large pink-tinted glass dome. There are twenty-five rides and attractions at the park, including roller coasters, a miniature golf course, climbing walls, a roller skating rink, and laser tag!
Check out the latest arcade video games located throughout the park, including virtual reality games! Find your favorite classic arcade games in their unlimited classic arcade area, where you can play all day!
Enjoy free clown shows daily at noon, 1pm, 3pm, and 4pm, with additional showtimes on Friday and Saturday nights.
If youâre looking for a break from the casinos and bars, this is the perfect place to bring the family for an afternoon of fun and excitement! You could easily spend hours here, so weâd recommend this stop if your planning an itinerary to spend more than three days in Las Vegas.
- Cost â Undefined, possibly $$$$. $60 for adults, $30 for kids. Plus extras.
- How long should I stay here? 2 or 3 hours.
- Getting there â It’s a 7 minute drive, or a 25 minute walk from the Venetian
8:00 pm â The Blue Man Group
If you want to add another show to your Las Vegas itinerary, we recommend the entertainment sensation known as the Blue Man Group. For more than thirty years the innovative minds behind this group have been wowing audiences.
Enjoy a fun-filled performance by this world-famous group! These three bald and blue men will take you on a spectacular journey combining comedy, music, stunning visuals, and surprises! This Las Vegas show is perfect for all ages, and is sure to delight. Itâs a one-of-a-kind stage show that is the perfect addition to a Las Vegas trip!
Enjoy a comical, musical, and artistic show featuring lots of audience interaction with this blue-painted cast. This group is constantly switching up their material and coming up with new ways to entertain audiences, itâs an ever-evolving show that youâll want to see every time you visit Vegas!
- Cost â Spenny! $180 per ticket…
- Getting there â The show is located at the Luxor Hotel and Casino
Oh no! You’ve missed your bus! How are you going to spend your extra days in Las Vegas while you wait for the next one? Let’s see…
Explore the Las Vegas Strip
Las Vegas is known for its lavish resorts, buzzing casinos, and world-class restaurants, but to discover the true essence of Vegas we recommend exploring the areas outside these busy buildings!
The entire Strip is less than five miles, but donât worry, you donât have to walk its entirety to experience the uniqueness of this extravagant street. Although, if you choose to, the whole street is pedestrian-friendly. There are footbridges at all main intersections for pedestrians to safely cross!
Both sides of the Strip are lined with hotels, casinos, shops, restaurants, and just about anything you can imagine! Youâll see a wide range of street performers and be able to take pictures of all the iconic Vegas attractions!
The whole Strip runs in a straight line, making it easy to give yourself your own Las Vegas walking tour! Of course, if you’re not keen on walking, there are other options. Joining an open-top bus tour will give you the ultimate strip experience without tiring your feet!
Insider Tip: Police allow people to walk down the Strip and the Fremont Street Experience with alcoholic beverages, as long as theyâre in plastic containers (no bottles or cans). Also, there are many dispensaries around the Strip, but smoking in public isn’t legal.
- How long should I stay here?
- Getting there â
Head out to the Grand Canyon
If you’re in Vegas, you ain’t far from the Grand Canyon! Admittedly, it is still a long way to go (around a 4 hour car journey each way), but the views are definitely worth it! The scenery on the drive is pretty epic too.
Encompassing 278 miles of the Colorado river, the Grand Canyon is an extraordinary sight, and is on pretty much every tourists must-visit list! Even though it can get busy, it is still very much worth seeing. Don’t let the distance put you off!
You can even take a helicopter tour to the Grand Canyon, complete with picnic lunch at the bottom (large-insanely large level budgets only).
- Cost â Free (or $$$ if you tour)
- How long should I stay here? At least as long as you spend getting there. (min. 4 hours)
- Getting there â 4 hour drive east of Las Vegas. Sadly.
Las Vegas is alive with tourism all year. Summers do reach higher temperatures, but lots of Las Vegas attractions take place inside air-conditioned buildings or outside next to a pool! No matter the season, thereâs always something to do in Vegas!
The summer months (June-August) produce hot temperatures. Itâs not uncommon for the weather to stay around 100 degrees Fahrenheit. Luckily, the weather drops down at night and becomes much more enjoyable.
Fall (September-November) is a great time to plan a trip to Las Vegas. The weather is mild and enjoyable.
Youâll want a light jacket during the winter months (December – February). Although temperatures never get too cold, the air does get a bit chilly, especially at night.
Spring (March-May) produces warm days and blue skies. If youâre trying to decide when to visit Las Vegas, this is another great time!
During your first day in Las Vegas, youâre going to need to figure out how to get around! Luckily, this city is extremely tourist friendly, and all forms of transportation are easy to use and very convenient.
The Las Vegas Deuce is a bus that runs throughout the city. There are two buses that run specifically through the areas of the Las Vegas Strip and Downtown. Take the âDeuce on the Stripâ bus for convenient transportation to many of the properties located on the Strip.
Uber and Lyft are popular ride-sharing services and offer travelers an easy and convenient form of transportation. Most Las Vegas resorts, hotels, and casinos will have designated pick-up and drop-off areas that you will need to find to catch a ride. These areas are usually marked with signs near the hotel’s entrances/exits. Be sure to find these areas before hailing your ride (I know, but it happens)
Las Vegas is a very pedestrian friendly city. The main attraction in Las Vegas is the Strip, which is literally a single street. You can walk up and down the Strip to see the main highlights of Vegas, and itâs extremely easy to navigate!
Whether youâre planning a three day trip to Vegas or a month long sabbatical, you’re going to want to make sure you pack the right gear !
Remember that Vegas gets hot, so if you’re visiting in Summer, you can spare the coats. It is in the middle of a desert after all!
In terms of safety, Vegas is a cash-heavy city, which means pickpockets are active. Keep your valuables close to your body and stay extra vigilant in crowded areas.
It is common for party promoters to frequent the Strip and attempts to sell VIP passes or discounted tickets to shows or clubs. Although some are legit, it is important to note that some are not.
Scammers are very active in Las Vegas and it is important to stay vigilant and trust your instincts. There are a number of secure and trusted ticket locations in the city that sell tickets to Vegas attractions; purchasing from these types of vendors is a much safer option.
Of course, it is Vegas, so if you plan to drink more than you normally would, try and keep your wits about you, and never leave your drink unattended.
Recreational marijuana is legal in Vegas. Be sure to purchase from a dispensary, and say no to anyone on the street that tries to sell to you as it may be laced. It’s only legal to smoke in private residences. If you walk down the street with a lit joint, you can be fined by one of the many cops.
Donât Forget Your Travel Insurance for Las Vegas
ALWAYS sort out your backpacker insurance before your trip. There’s plenty to choose from in that department, but a good place to start is Safety Wing .
They offer month-to-month payments, no lock-in contracts, and require absolutely no itineraries: that’s the exact kind of insurance long-term travellers and digital nomads need.
SafetyWing is cheap, easy, and admin-free: just sign up lickety-split so you can get back to it!
Click the button below to learn more about SafetyWing’s setup or read our insider review for the full tasty scoop.
Find out what people want to know when planning their Las Vegas itinerary.
What is the Coolest Things you can do on a Trip to Vegas?
Try visiting Caesar’s Palace and its sensational multi-storey nightclub, hiking in Red Rock Canyon, and enjoying the waterpark at the Mandalay hotel. There are a ton of really cool things to do in Vegas, so just keep your eyes peeled on the strip, and you will stumble onto any number. Heading to downtown Las Vegas is a great option too, for the Mob museum and Fremont Street.
What attractions should I not forget when Planning a Trip to Vegas?
The Mob Museum is often overlooked, as is the pinball hall of fame. When people go to Vegas, they often forget about Red Rock Canyon, and that the Death Valley National Park isn’t too far away either! If you are looking for incredible scenery, don’t ignore either of these unbelievable places!
What should I include on a Las Vegas Itinerary for 3 days?
Don’t miss the fabulous Las Vegas Sign, the Mandalay Hotel and Casino, the Bellagio’s botanical gardens and fountain shows, or Caesar’s Palace. There is so much to take your attention on the strip, so don’t worry if you spend all 3-days wondering up and down. Try and get out to Red Rock Canyon and the Seven Magical Mountains at some point though.
How many days do you need in Las Vegas?
You can be sure to see all the main highlights in 3-4 days if you plan your time.
Las Vegas is a popular vacation destination offering the best mix of entertainment, good weather, and fun attractions. Pulsing with energy and buzzing with excitement, a Vegas vacation makes for the perfect holiday getaway!
Although this city has a reputation for wild parties, buzzing casinos, and crazy nightlife, there is so much more to this unique and diverse city. From world-class restaurants and trendy shopping malls, to unreal shows, thereâs something for all ages to enjoy!
We hope you three days in Vegas helps you tick off all the boxes of your Sin City bucket list. This larger-than-life city is the perfect place to take an exciting and memorable vacation. Thereâs really no place quite like Vegas!
And for transparency’s sake, please know that some of the links in our content are affiliate links . That means that if you book your accommodation, buy your gear, or sort your insurance through our link, we earn a small commission (at no extra cost to you). That said, we only link to the gear we trust and never recommend services we don’t believe are up to scratch. Again, thank you!
Colleen Kinsey
Share or save this post
Beautiful Las Vegas so Amazing!!!! We have a wonderful time in Vegas
Leave a Reply Cancel reply
Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *
Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.
Notify me of followup comments via e-mail.
5 Day Las Vegas Itinerary: A Mix of Top Attractions and Hidden Gems
By: Author Aly Smalls
Posted on Published: April 22, 2022 - Last updated: March 5, 2024
Share with your friends!
Most people visit Las Vegas for a weekend or a 3-day getaway. But spending 5 days in Vegas allows you to get a taste of every type of experience in Sin City and the gorgeous Nevada scenery that surrounds it.
In my opinion, 5 days is the perfect amount of time for a Vegas vacation.
You’ll get to explore as much of the Strip as you want, enjoy pool time, see a couple shows, experience the downtown and Fremont Street areas as well as some off-strip activities and attractions.
In this 5 day Las Vegas itinerary, I’ve built in the top attractions and must-do activities, as well as a few hidden gems and off the beaten path adventures.
I’ve also curated it as a ‘choose your own adventure’ style.
Where possible, I’ve added an alternative activity (or two) if the first suggestion doesn’t work for your travel style or schedule.
Also, depending which hotel you’re staying at, you can move this itinerary around to make it work best for you.
Whether you’re traveling as a couple, as a family or on a group vacation in Vegas, this 5 day itinerary has something to do for everyone.
This post contains affiliate links, meaning if you click through and make a purchase I may make a small commission. I only share information about things I know, love and trust!
Day 1: North Strip Sightseeing
Day 1 overview .
No matter how many (or how few) times you’ve been to Vegas, the first day excitement of hitting the Strip is so fun!
You’ll start your day with breakfast on one of the best patios in Vegas, wander a portion of the Strip, enjoy pool or shopping time, indulge at a celebrity-chef restaurant for dinner and then soak up the glitz and glamor at night.
Breakfast at: Mon Ami Gabi at the Paris Hotel
Sightseeing along the central and North part of the Strip.
At the Paris Hotel take cute photos with the Eiffel Tower, wander the casino floor and admire the French themed architecture and styling (this is one of my favorite hotels).
Head across the street to the Bellagio Hotel and visit the Conservatory and Botanical Gardens and the general grandeur of the hotel.
You can capture great photos of the Strip if you walk out directly from the Bellagio valet, or head to the elevated pedestrian walkway that connects to the Cosmopolitan.
Keep heading North to the Flamingo Hotel and check out the pink vintage vibe and take a stroll through the wildlife habitat and watch the Flamingos.
Stop for lunch at one of the many restaurants along the LINQ promenade.
Tip – go for the frozen Baileys at O’Sheas for a sweet and boozy treat.
Tip – buy a pass for the hop-on-hop-off bus that travels up and down the Strip!
Get off your feet, enjoy panoramic views from the open-top, as well as an on board guide narrating and pointing out the highlights.
You can get on and off wherever you want!
Afternoon
Option 1: Hang out at the hotel pool
Option 2: More Strip sightseeing – stroll through Caesars Palace, the Venetian and the Mirage.
Option 3: shopping! Depending what your budget is, you can spend the afternoon visiting the high end shops in the Bellagio, the Forum Shops at Caesars, or the Grand Canal Shoppes in the Venetian. Or for a more casual afternoon of shopping, visit the Fashion Show Mall.
O ption 4: (best for families with kids): Circus Circus Adventuredome Theme Park
This is an impressive indoor amusement park great for kids of all ages, complete with a rollercoaster, bumper cars, carnival games and more.
Read more: Best Places to Drink on the Las Vegas Strip: Views, Fancy Drinks & Deals
Dinner
Option 1: Your favorite celebrity chef restaurant. There are so many to choose from, some of the most popular choices are:
- Gordon Ramsay Hell’s Kitchen
- Giada at the Cromwell
- Vanderpump a Paris
Option 2: Bacchanal Buffet at Caesars Palace . One of the top rated buffets in Vegas (it’s actually rated a lot higher than Hell’s Kitchen on Tripadvisor).
Evening Options
High Roller Observation Wheel
I recommend doing this on your first night in Vegas because you might want to do it a second time! The views are so impressive.
Plus, you can choose tickets for a pod that has an unlimited open bar for the entire ride.
Tip – buy your tickets ahead of time to save time from waiting in line.
For the rest of the evening, enjoy the free evening entertainment on the Strip. Catch the Bellagio fountains show, the Mirage Volcano, the Lake of Dreams at the Wynn and even the live music at Carnival Court near Harrah’s.
Optional:
Nightclub Crawl Party Bus
Visit 3 different clubs, get VIP entry and unlimited drinks on your hop-on hop-off party bus!
Hint – you’ll stop at the Fountain Room for one of the most incredible night views of the Strip.
Day 2: South Strip Sightseeing
Day 2 overview.
On day 2, you’ll catch up on a portion of the Strip you haven’t visited yet. We’ll find some great photo opportunities, visit shops with tasty treats, sip some unique drinks and see an iconic show.
La Salsa Cantina for $6.99! This is one of the best value breakfasts you can get on the Strip.
After breakfast, tour around Planet Hollywood and visit the Miracle Mile Shops.
Sightseeing along the south end of the Strip.
Spend some time on each floor of the Cosmopolitan and don’t miss stopping for a drink at the 3-floor Chandelier bar.
Hint , order the secret drink off the menu called the Verbena.
If you’re not up for a drink, try the cereal milk-flavored soft serve at Milk Bar.
Stop in at Sugar Factory for great selfie spots.
Visit the Coca Cola store and try a flight tasting of 16 different coca cola products from around the world.
Make your way to the New York New Hotel, another one of the best-themed hotels on the Strip.
Visit the replica of the Brooklyn Bridge, the Big Apple roller coaster, visit the M&M store and have a martini at the Chocolate Bar.
Take a taxi or rideshare to get photos at the Welcome to Las Vegas Sign.
You can also walk from the Mandalay Bay, but expect it to take about 20 to 30 minutes.
Afternoon:
Option 1: Pool time at the hotel – great for relaxing and sunshine!
Option 2: Top Golf at MGM – great for a group trip!
Option 3 : Afternoon trip – great choice if you’re looking for something new to do in Vegas!
- ATV Tour in the Sand Dunes for those who want a rugged and adventurous experience! About 3 hours.
- Horseback Ride through Red Rock Canyon . After a short drive from the Strip, take a guided horseback tour through the rugged landscape that surrounds Las Vegas.
- Outdoor Shooting Experience at Adrenaline Mountain . One of the highest rate ranges in Vegas.
Option 4: Pinball Hall of Fame – fun, low cost choice for all ages
This place is packed full of pinball machines and retro arcade games.
The machines take quarters, and you can go for quite a while on about $20 per person.
Dinner:
Option 1: Mayfair Supper Club . Upscale, vintage Las Vegas with a speakeasy prohibition theme. So elegant and lots of fun!
Option 2: Eiffel Tower restaurant for an ultra romantic dining experience, and mouth-watering beef wellington.
Option 3: Ellis Island for a $15 steak dinner, and even several dollars cheaper if you sign up for the players card (also rated higher than Hell’s Kitchen on Tripadvisor)!
Experience an iconic Vegas show and have a nightcap at a hidden speakeasy.
Show Options:
- Absinthe : a vintage-style half cabaret half circus, that’s extremely raunchy and highly immersive. It’s my favorite show in Vegas.
- Carrot Top is the best rated comedy show in Vegas.
- V- The Ultimate Variety Show has something for everyone.
- For Families, the Blue Man Group .
- And for a dinner and a show combo – the Tournament of Kings is a medieval celebration complete with jousting and turkey legs for dinner.
If you have time, seek out a drink at a speakeasy bar.
There are tons hidden around the Strip.
A popular spot is Ghost Donkey , at the back of the 3rd floor food court of the Cosmopolitan.
Day 3 – Off Strip Day Trip Adventure
After 2 full days exploring every inch of Las Vegas boulevard, you’ll be ready for a different change of pace.
I recommend getting out of the city – and there are tons of great tours you can take.
- Emerald Cove Kayak Tour . Can you believe there are gorgeous emerald rivers not far from the city? On this tour, you’ll get picked up at your hotel, and then kayak the clear waters of the Colorado River with stops at scenic spots along the way for swimming or hiking.
- Canyon ATV and Abandoned Gold Mine tour . After your hotel pickup, cruise through the desert and cactus forests on your ATV before arriving at an abandoned and rumored haunted gold mine. You’ll get a walking tour and learn all kinds of history. Lunch is included!
- Grand Canyon and Hoover Dam Tour . This is a full day tour, but you will get to see some of the most iconic places in the USA! After pick up in a modern bus (with washrooms on board), you’ll stop for hot breakfast, visit Hoover Dam and then arrive at Grand Canyon West Rim. Here you can do the optional skywalk platform – a glass bridge suspended 400 feet above the canyon floor!
Day 4: Arts District and Fremont Street Experience
Day 4 overview.
We’re kickin’ it old school for some classic Las Vegas vibes.
Start with a hidden gem breakfast spot and then make your day downtown to experience the funky Arts District and Fremont East neighborhoods.
As the day turns to evening, make your way to the Fremont Street Experience for an incredible evening of lights, live music and street entertainment.
Breakfast
Option 1: Vickie’s Diner. An all pink, 1950s-themed diner. Great prices!
Option 2: Peppermill for a vintage vibe that hasn’t changed since the 1970s.
Post Breakfast/Afternoon
After breakfast, make your way to the Arts District and stroll around looking at all the murals, vintage shops and tons of craft breweries.
Tip – you can take the Downtown Loop bus for free ! Catch it at the STRAT hotel (where the rideshare pickup is) and there are stops within the Arts District and Fremont Street.
Optional activity: stop at the North Premium Outlets, which is only a few minutes away.
Since it’s still early in the day, start with a historic walking tour of the Fremont area .
On this tour, you’ll learn about how it all began with stories from the golden age of Vegas and stop for great photo opportunities along the way.
Or if you’re ready for lunch, join this walking food tour of downtown Las Vegas .
You’ll learn lots of history while eating your way through the downtown at 5 unique and off the beaten path eateries.
Make your way to Ferguson’s Downtown , which is in the Fremont East neighborhood.
This is an old motel that has been converted to artisan shops.
If you’re so inclined, stop at Atomic Liquors across the street for a drink at the oldest bar in Las Vegas.
The Mob Museum is another great stop to learn about some of the more scandalous history of this city and all the mobsters who ran it.
Don’t forget to drop into the hidden speakeasy bar at the end.
Evening on Fremont Street
As the sun sets and the glittering lights shine, the Fremont Street Experience becomes an entirely different area!
Walk around, hit the old casinos, listen to the free live concerts, watch the street buskers, anything!
I recommend a choice of two great Mexican restaurants.
La Comida offers a hip warehouse vibe, yet still a very authentic Mexican feel. Amazing tacos here.
Nacho Daddy for more casual Mexican food with fun drinks.
Day 5: Las Vegas Strip and Hidden Gems
Day 5 overview.
Your last full day in Vegas includes visiting any last spots you haven’t been to on the Strip and a few hidden gems places if you’re “stripped out”.
Now that you’ve have 4 full days in Vegas, it’s your chance to hit anything you haven’t been able to do on this list so far.
Enjoy some last minute pool time, or explore your favorite areas on the Strip.
If you want some unique places to explore , here are my top recommendations.
Gäbi Coffee & Bakery .
A hidden gem greenhouse within a warehouse vibe that serves the prettiest cakes, pastries, coffees and teas.
Want something a little more wild for breakfast?
Hit up Drag Brunch at Señor Frog’s. Get your tickets in advance, because these shows sell out.
Visit the Lion Habitat Ranch , about 20 minutes south of the Strip and visit the rescued lions and watch Ozzie the giraffe paint pictures.
You can even feed the giraffe and lions.
Tip – if you’re headed to the Lion Ranch, stop for breakfast on the way at Crepe Expectations . It was featured on Diners, Drive-Ins and Dives.
Try the Elvis crepe with peanut butter, banana and bacon. Lots of gluten free options, too.
I also recommend Squeeze In , which has a massive omelet menu served among funky décor – they encourage guests to draw on the walls!
How Many Days are Enough in Vegas?
3 to 5 days are enough to visit Vegas, whether it’s your first time or your 10th time! On the shorter side, you’ll be limited to the top attractions and experiences on the Strip and Fremont.
But if you stay for up to 5 days, you have more time to explore a couple off hidden gems spots off strip, as well as a tour or two out in the rugged (but scenic) Nevada landscape.
As you can see, there is more than enough to do in Vegas for 5 days to a week.
Vegas can become overwhelming, especially if it’s your first time.
There’s so much walking, so many crowds, lots of loud much and of course lots of money that gets spent. It’s easy to overdo it.
If it’s your first time visiting Vegas, 3 days might feel a little rushed. I recommend 4 or 5 days!
It’s not an inexpensive city to visit, so even though you might be able to handle more time, your wallet might not.
You Might Like: 19 Las Vegas Tips for First Timers | How to Visit Vegas Like A Pro
Is 5 days too Long in Vegas?
If you want to experience the entire Strip, the Fremont Street area, lounge poolside, do some shopping, see a show or two, try adventurous off-Strip activities and visit some hidden gem restaurants, 5 days is not too long in Vegas.
If you are only planning to explore up and down the Strip and mostly stay nearby the hotel you’re staying at, 5 days is probably a little too long.
How Much Spending Money Do You Need for 5 days in Vegas?
Based on the typical meal prices in Las Vegas, you will need to budget an average of $40 to $180 per day for food.
Of course, you can spend less if you budget and plan for it, and much more if you eat at high end restaurants for every meal.
You’ll also want to factor in drinks, which will set you back about $10 – 20 each, unless you’re gambling.
Read more about getting free drinks in Vegas while gambling (and what you can order) .
- Breakfast: $5 – 30
- Lunch: $10 – 50
- Dinner: $25 – 100+
In addition to your meal costs, activities range widely in prices. The good news is that you can spend an entire day on the Strip and not spend a dime on all the free attractions.
If you do want to spend some money on tours, I recommend researching online first. This is going to give you an idea of what your budget will have to be.
For that reason, I recommend using Viator to book tours because they allow free cancellation and don’t charge you until 2 days prior.
I haven’t included gambling money in this daily budget because it’s different for everyone.
If you’re looking to do Vegas on a budget, read my entire guide about where to eat, stay, play and spend less in Vegas.
More Las Vegas Blog Posts
- 38 Better Things to Do in Las Vegas Besides Gamble in 2022
- Dreamy Things to Do in Vegas for Couples: Romantic Getaway Guide
- 10 Overrated Things in Las Vegas You Shouldn’t Waste Your Time On (+ better alternatives)
- 7 Las Vegas Scams to Avoid – How to Not Get Ripped Off in Vegas
Before you go…
If you want to stay up to date, get behind the scenes content, or connect with me directly – you can follow my YouTube channel , Facebook Page , Instagram or Twitch channel !
New photos, videos and live streams!
Share this pin to your Pinterest board to save for later!
Jetsetting Fools
Travel Far. Discover More. Spend Less.
Las Vegas Itinerary: A First-Timers Guide to 3 Days in Vegas
Welcome to JetSetting Fools, here you will find our best travel tips for destinations worldwide. Some of the links on this site are Affiliate Links and if you use them to make a purchase, we may earn a commission. For more information, read our Disclosure Policy .
Las Vegas, Nevada reigns as the Entertainment Capital of the World, wooing an incredible number of diverse visitors from every corner of the planet. The city was built on gambling and bawdy nightlife, but today Las Vegas spoils guests with a wide range of activities and attractions.
In fact, there are so many things to do in Vegas that creating a Las Vegas Itinerary can be quite the conundrum. To help fellow travelers â especially Vegas First-Timers â we have created a perfect plan for spending 3 days in Las Vegas.
3 Days in Las Vegas
A 3-Day trip to Vegas allows just enough time for visitors to get a taste of what the city has to offer â and trust us, it has a lot! On a 3-Day Vegas Trip, visitors can see the flashing neon lights, eat at celebrity chef restaurants, gamble at flashy casinos and visit top attractionsâŠand that’s just Day One!
Our trip plan is ideal for a long weekend in Vegas â but it works just as well for weekdays, too. The city is always buzzing, so it doesnât matter if you are spending a weekend in Vegas or tacking a few extra days onto a business trip, there are no dull days in Las Vegas!
Additionally, we understand that not all travelers planning a trip to Las Vegas intend on spending 3 days in the city. Some visitors are breezing through on a day trip to Las Vegas, while others are planning to spend 4 nights in Vegas. Therefore, we have outlined Las Vegas Itineraries for longer and shorter stays at the end of the article.
First Time Las Vegas: Must-Do Activities
My first time to Vegas was a birthday trip to celebrate with friends. Beyond getting ourselves there, we had done little in the way of research. While the weekend was, no doubt, a memorable one, our very loose plans resulted in missed attractions and overlooked sights.
On a return trip, I was eager to make up for what I skipped on my first time in Vegas. I designed an itinerary for Las Vegas that featured highlights beyond the casinos and pool parties â and it was fascinating!
As I planned subsequent trips (while living in Phoenix for 10 years, there were countless Vegas trips), I challenged myself to see more. On each visit, I realized just how much I missed on my first time in Las Vegas.
To help other travelers, we created our Las Vegas 3-Day Itinerary with first-time visitors in mind; it is essentially a âFirst Time Vegas Must-Do List.â That said, visitors who had an initial trip experience similar to mine and are making a return trip to the city will certainly find our Vegas Itinerary useful as well!
Pro Travel Tip : How to plan a trip to Las Vegas will depend on your interests, budget and overall time-frame for your visit. While we highlight what we think is the best plan for things to do in Vegas for first-time visitors, our outline can also be used as a base for a couples getaway or even a Las Vegas family itinerary!
Best Las Vegas Itinerary
Our â3-Day Itinerary: Las Vegas for First-Timersâ is formatted in a day-by-day trip plan. In addition to our 3-Day trip outline, we include travel tips for alternate length stays â and advice for how to get there (and around), where to stay and what to pack.
Save, Pin or Bookmark this 3-Day Vegas Itinerary to plan your Sin City vacation!
DAY 1 of Your 3-Day Las Vegas Itinerary
On the first day of your 3 Days Itinerary, kick off your trip with a few iconic Vegas experiences.
Swing by the Welcome To Fabulous Las Vegas Sign
Welcome to Vegas! Make your first stop in the city at the Welcome to Fabulous Las Vegas sign. Located at the south end of The Strip next to the airport, it is one of the most famous signs in the world. The sign was designed in 1959 and is listed in the National Register of Historic Places. Start your exciting vacation by getting your picture taken in front of the iconic Las Vegas sign!
Pro Tip: There is no better time to visit the famous sign than when you first arrive; it is an absolute must-do in Vegas for first-timers! If you are arriving by plane and taking Lyft or Uber to your hotel schedule a stop at the sign on your way.
Check into Your Accommodations on The Strip
With just three days in Las Vegas, staying on The Strip is essential! There are so many hotels to choose from â and we go into more details on where to stay later in the article. Whichever hotel you choose, get checked in, drop your bags and hit the ground runningâŠby going straight to the casino.
Hit the Las Vegas Casinos
Las Vegas casinos are elaborate and loud. The grand rooms are filled with gambling tables, slot machines and a cacophony of ringing bells and falling coins. The dimly lit, maze-like casinos can be bewildering, but during your 3 day trip to Vegas, the flashing lights and noisy slots fade into the background.
Travel Tip: Best Casino in Vegas for First Timers
Gambling in Las Vegas can be intimidating â but it is a Vegas must-do for first-timers! Choosing the ‘best casino’ for your Las Vegas trip planner is less important that choosing the right time and the right games. One of the best Las Vegas tips is to ease into gambling – otherwise, you can lose a bundle of money in the blink of an eye.
The slots are a good place to start â and Vegas must-do. Some casinos still have Penny Slot machines, which can literally provide hours of low-risk entertainment. However, it is easy to move around the slot machines – all of which have different (and sometimes confusing) rules for winning.
All casinos have table games â like Blackjack, Poker, Roulette and Craps. Table games are fun, but can get expensive, especially if you don’t know the rules of the game. The best time to learn how to play is during the day, when the tables are less busy and the minimum bets are lowest (sometimes $5 per game, but likely 3 times that amount at the luxury casinos).
Budget Travel Tip: One of the best things about casinos is that, while you are playing, waitresses will bring you free drinks! Just remember to tip the waitstaff.
See the Sights on The Strip
Now that you are getting warmed up, itâs time to step out onto The Strip â officially known as Las Vegas Boulevard. The extravagant casino complexes that line the world-famous street are a spectacular sight â especially as the sun starts to set and the neon lights begin to glow.
While the scene in its entirety is astounding, we recommend spending the late afternoon and early evening at the Vegas sights in the center of The Strip. Our top picks (which we detail next) are the Bellagio Fountain, the Eiffel Tower, the LINQ entertainment complex and the Flamingoes.
Pro Tip: When wandering on the Las Vegas Strip, one of the most deceiving facets is that objects are further than they appear. The colossal size of the casino resorts is staggeringâŠand it means that it can take 15 to 20 minutes just to walk to the property ânext doorâ. We talk more about the best ways to get around at the end of the post – but keep it in mind as you plan your trip itinerary.
Bellagio Fountain and Conservatory
Without question, the Bellagio Fountain is a must-see on your Las Vegas 3 Day Itinerary. Bellagio Fountain shows – a water, music and light extravaganza – take place throughout the day and you can find a schedule on the official Bellagio website . Beautiful both day and night, the shows are absolutely free for everyone to enjoy!
After watching the fountain show, pop into the Bellagio Hotel and Casino to visit the Conservatory and Botanical Gardens. As you walk through the Bellagio lobby, look up to admire the opulent glass ceiling. All three activities – the fountain, gardens and ceiling – are completely free and must-see sights on a First Time Vegas Itinerary!
Eiffel Tower at Paris Las Vegas
Visiting the imitation Eiffel Tower that stands across the street from the Bellagio is another one of the top things to do in Vegas for first timers. Whether you just stand at the base or go up to the Vegas Eiffel Tower Viewing Deck is up to you! If you have time in your 3 Day Vegas Itinerary, take a walk through the Parisian-inspired hotel and casino, too.
High Roller Observation Wheel and Promenade at the LINQ
The LINQ Promenade, a shopping, dining and entertainment district, is packed with attractions – and visiting is a must on your 3 Day Itinerary Las Vegas. You can go for a spin on the High Roller at the LINQ – one of the world’s tallest observation wheels – or fly 1,000 feet above the Promenade via zipline. Alternatively, keep your feet on the ground and simply enjoy the lightshow after dark (which is free!).
Flamingo Wildlife Habitat at Flamingo Casino
One of our favorite free things to do on a 3 day trip to Las Vegas is visiting the Flamingo Wildlife Habitat at the Flamingo Hotel. The habitat, which is set on the grounds of the hotel, is home to a flock of flamingos and other feathered friends…and it is completely free!
Dine Like a Celebrity
Vegas â with thousands of restaurants â has gained a reputation as a foodie city in recent years. In fact, there are more than 50 celebrity chef restaurants in Las Vegas â from Guy Fieriâs Vegas Kitchen to Gordon Ramsayâs Hellâs Kitchen to Giada and Nobu.
The choices are overwhelming, especially if it is your first trip to Las Vegas. Ultimately, where you decide to dine depends on your tastes and budget â or favorite celebrity chef. (That said, our top pick would be an epic burger at Guy Fieri’s.)
Las Vegas Show
Shows in Las Vegas gained popularity in the 1950sâŠand they have only gotten bigger and better since then. We think a show is a must on a Las Vegas first trip. Ticket prices vary by show, but you can find info and tickets online .
Some of my best weekend trips to Vegas were highlighted by a Vegas show. Garth Brooks at The Wynn is, hands down, one of the best concerts I have ever attended in my lifeâŠbut sadly his stint in Vegas is over. An exciting line up of concerts are slated for the new love-it-or-hate-it Sphere – but we haven’t made it to a show yet.
Some of the other top Vegas performances to consider for your 3 Day Vegas trip are Cirque du Soleil (including Love, One, Ka, O and Mystere at Treasure Island), La Reve, Blue Man Group, The Mentalist and David Copperfield. Impersonator shows – which range from MJ Live to Elvis tributes – are classic entertainment in the city.
Fun Travel Tip : If you are planning a Girls Weekend in Vegas Itinerary, you might want to get tickets to the Thunder Down Under male revue â and, for guys planning a Vegas Bachelor Party Itinerary, check out X Burlesque for a tasteful topless dance show.
DAY 2 of Your 3-Day Itinerary Las Vegas
Next up on your Vegas 3-Day Itinerary: relax and then feast, let loose and have some more fun â Vegas-style!
Ease into your Day with a Vegas Spa Treatment
Start your second day of your three days in Vegas with a refreshing spa treatment. Going to the spa is a fun activity to include on a Vegas Bachelorette Itinerary, a solo Vegas trip or even a Las Vegas Couples Itinerary!
Spa treatments range from traditional packages – like massages, facials and pedicures â to unique procedures. For example, guests can get a water Watsu Massage at Bellagio, a reviving Royal Flush IV treatment at MGM Grand or even a Turkish bath experience in the Hammam at The Cosmopolitan.
Pro Tip : If spas are not your cup of tea, instead do a Casino Shuffle! Visit a few of the casinos that you have always wanted to gamble in â like Aria, Caesars Palace and the Wynn. When I did this with my sister, we played a small amount of money on the slots at each place. It was a fun way to see and experience the grandeur of each casino.
Sample the Fare on a Las Vegas Food Tour
After a relaxing morning, set off mid-day for an absolute feast on a highly rated food tour. A food tour is not only one of the best things to do in Las Vegas for first timers, but for return visitors as well!
Rather than limiting yourself to just one restaurant for lunch, let a guide lead the way to the best tastes on The Strip! The local guide shares insider tips, hidden gems and a little bit of Vegas history, too. Book it now!
Experience a Las Vegas Pool Party
Las Vegas Pool Parties are legendary â and a must on your Las Vegas trip itinerary! Plan to spend the entire afternoon of Day 2 poolside.
Essentially day time clubs, international DJs spin music and bartenders sling expensive cocktails in an absolutely energetic atmosphere. The parties are wildest on summer weekends, but there is usually at least one resort hosting a pool party every day of the week.
Choosing which pool party in Vegas to go to will depend on your style. One of the best pool parties we attended was Wet Republic Ultra Pool at the MGM Grand. Other popular picks are Encore Beach Club, Bali inspired Ayu, Daylight and Marquee Dayclub.
It is important to note that many pool parties charge a cover fee, enforce a dress code and may have minimum spends â so be sure to check the specifics.
Tip for Travelers: What if you just want to lounge around the pool and take a dip without the daytime debauchery? No stress, every resort on The Strip has a dedicated hotel pool where guests can sunbath and enjoy a casual swim without the party music.
Enjoy Dinner on The Strip
Now that you are primed for the evening, get changed, re-hydrate and eat something before heading out to the nightclubs. If you are looking for an elevated Vegas experience, dine at the Eiffel Tower Restaurant (just make sure to get your reservations in advance!). For casual Mexican fare, eat at Nacho Daddy, or if you are on a budget, feast on classic American fast-food at In-and-Out Burger.
Dance at the Vegas Clubs on The Strip
Vegas nightclubs â or rather mega-clubs â maintain an electric vibe with some of the worldâs best DJs and packed dance floors. Some of the most epic clubs are Tao at Venetian, Omnia at Caesars Palace, Jewel at Aria, Hakkasan at MGM Grand and Marquee at Cosmopolitan. While most exciting for a Las Vegas Weekend Itinerary, visitors will have no problem finding clubs that are open every night of the week.
All clubs have promoters (which you can find on The Strip, through your hotel or in advance by searching online) who offer VIP status and sometimes free drinks. Dress codes can be strict â for example, many places will deny entry to anyone wearing backless sandalsâŠso read the rules before you go.
Vegas Party Bus
Visitors who are less concerned with which club they go to â and those who donât want to hassle with transportation and cover charges â can opt for Party Bus package . On a Girlsâ Weekend in Vegas, we joined one of the party buses that offered VIP entry into three clubs and included onboard drinks. Our bus even had a stripper pole, which was highly entertaining as the night progressed!
Family-Friendly Night in Vegas
If you are planning a Las Vegas family vacation itinerary â or if you simply want to bypass the club scene â rather than hopping on a Party Bus, take the Big Bus Night Tour. The open-air bus passes by the cityâs most dazzling nighttime attractions. Get the details!
Luxury Las Vegas Helicopter Experience at Night
Take things up a notch on a helicopter tour of The Strip at night. The epic helicopter ride lets you experience Sin City from a unique vantage point. The ride is highlighted by a sparkling wine toast in flight. Book it now!
DAY 3 of Your Itinerary for Las Vegas in 3 Days
This is it, the last day of your 3 Days Las Vegas Trip! Time to experience a few more of the best Vegas attractions and sights before heading home.
Indulge in a Buffet Brunch
A Sin City tradition, feasting at a buffet during your 3-day trip to Las Vegas is practically a requirement. Evolving from all-you-can-eat extravaganzas into classy culinary adventures, buffets in Vegas are unlike anywhere else in the world.
Although the buffet meals are not as cheap as they once were (in fact, a few are quite expensive!), diners can expect a culinary treat. Most of the buffets have meat carving stations, omelet stations, heaps of seafood (including sushi) and delectable dessert tables. In true Sin City style, a few even include bottomless champagne!
Wicked Spoon at The Cosmopolitan, Bacchanal Buffet at Caesars Palace, Bellagio Buffet and The Buffet at Wynn are all top choices!
Food Tip: If a fancy breakfast buffet is not in your budget, hit up Denny’s for a classic American Grand Slam Breakfast. If you prefer brunch, but not a buffet, then try The Henry for their Short Rib Bene or Alexxa’s where they offer Bottomless Mimosas!
Visit Vegas Attractions
After you have stuffed yourself silly, spend the rest of the morning leisurely taking in more of the top attractions in Vegas. We recommend spending time either on the north or south end of The Strip – but ambitious travelers can likely squeeze in attractions at both ends of The Strip.
South Strip Attractions
Exploring the south end of The Strip is one of our favored daytime activities in Vegas. Casual and entertaining, the South Strip has a lot to offer! We are highlighting a few of our top picks for South Strip sightseeing.
Roller Coaster at New York New York Hotel
The Big Apple Coaster is a thrilling ride that drops and twists while reaching speeds of 67 miles per hour. But, trust me on this one, you won’t want to go on the ride after a big meal!
Fine Art Collection at ARIA
ARIA’s Fine Art Collection is featured throughout the resort – not inside a stuffy museum. The artwork is free to all visitors – and you can use this helpful brochure to locate and learn more about each piece.
M&Ms World
We wouldn’t necessarily say that the 4-story M&Ms Las Vegas store is a must-see in Vegas for first timers, but it is a fun place to visit and pick up personalized souvenirs (plus, it’s free to step inside!).
Mandalay Bay Shark Aquarium
The Shark Reef at Mandalay Bay is an exceptional aquarium – and well worth the visit, especially for anyone planning a Vegas vacation for family. Buy your Shark Reef Aquarium tickets in advance !
North Strip Attractions
The north end of The Strip also features a few top attractions for your Vegas itinerary. We are sharing a few of our favorites.
Gondola Ride at the Venetian
A gondola ride at the Venetian is a perfect addition to a Las Vegas itinerary for couples! The boat pilot serenades passengers as they float along the Grand Canal.
While at the Venetian, you can also check out the world famous Madame Tussauds wax museum.
Volcano at Mirage
Another fantastic Las Vegas Strip sight â and one to definitely include on a Las Vegas itinerary for family â is the Mirage Las Vegas Volcano. Watching The Volcano erupt is free, but it only happens in the evenings between 8pm and 11pm (on the hour; check the schedule ) – so be sure to time your visit to catch the action.
Visit Wynn Hotel and Casino
One of the most luxurious hotels on The Strip, some visitors may be timid about visiting Wynn. We believe it is an absolutely beautiful property; besides, it’s free to walk through! Explore the lobby gardens, gaze at the extravagant floral decorations and gawk at the general swankiness of the hotel.
Take Part in Top Activities: Tours and Classes
In the afternoon, join a tour or class that captures the essence of Vegas. A guided tour introduces the engaging history of Vegas, while a class teaches participants industry secrets.
On the intriguing Fremont Tour , visitors get off The Strip and get to discover Downtown Las Vegas. Learn about the origins of Sin City, step into the Fremont Street Experience and find out how the culture has evolved over time.
On the other hand, if you are planning a Vegas Bachelorette Party Itinerary, book an afternoon Stripper Pole Class for your group of girls! Honestly, I was a little nervous when we included this activity in our Girls Weekend in Las Vegas Itinerary â but it turned out to be incredibly entertaining. Book it here!
Explore Fremont Street at Night
Spend the rest of your Vegas trip on Fremont Street and downtown. While attractions on The Strip are well-known for being ostentatious, Fremont tends to be more laid backâŠbut no less entertaining.
Visitors can take an exhilarating ride on a zip line or swim with the sharks at Golden Nugget. Top museums to visit are the Neon Museum (a collection of historic Vegas signs) and the Mob Museum (which details the cityâs history with organized crime).
Historic casinos, modern attractions and a slew of low key bars line the street, enticing visitors to stay longer than just a couple of hours. It’s the perfect way to end your 3 days in Vegas!
Las Vegas Day Trips
While our 3 Days in Vegas Trip Planner doesnât leave any room for excursions, visitors staying longer â or those on a return trip â may want to consider including a Vegas day trip in their itinerary.
Grand Canyon Bus Tour
One of the most popular tours from Vegas, trips to the Grand Canyon by bus offers a full day of fun! On a Las Vegas to Grand Canyon itinerary, participants enjoy the ride to the West Rim of the Grand Canyon in a coach bus and make stops at some of the top viewpoints. Optional upgrades on Grand Canyon Itinerary from Las Vegas include the Skywalk and helicopter ride. Find out more!
Hoover Dam from Vegas
Rather than booking an All Day Las Vegas-Grand Canyon Itinerary, embark on a shorter tour of Hoover Dam, one of the most incredible modern-day engineering achievements. On the trip from Vegas, a knowledgeable guide will share information about the damâs history â once there, visitors can walk across the massive structure.
Plus, this tour makes two extra stops. One at Welcome to Fabulous Las Vegas Sign and one on the Colorado River at the Mike O’Callaghan – Pat Tillman Memorial Bridge for a different view of the Hoover Dam. Get more details!
Valley of Fire State Park Hiking Tour
Set off on a half day hiking trip outside of Vegas in Nevada’s oldest state park, Valley of the Fire. A guide leads the way through beautiful desert landscapes, red rock formations and ancient petroglyphs on an easy, moderate or difficult hike. Reserve your space!
Red Rock Canyon Scooter Tour
Explore desert landscapes and phenomenal natural rock formations by scooter on a half-day Vegas trip to Red Rock Canyon. Learn more!
LA and Hollywood from Sin City
Head to California and the West Coast on a full-day trip from Las Vegas! Participants travel in a small group to Los Angeles to see highlighted attractions, such as the Santa Monica Pier, the Hollywood Walk of Fame and celebrity homes in Beverly Hills. Get the specifics!
Zion Utah National Parks Itinerary from Las Vegas
Zion National Park is a gem of the Western United States! Although not particularly easy to get to on your own, visitors can join an organized day trip to Zion from Las Vegas that includes transportation, entry fees, free time to explore and a picnic lunch. Find out more!
How Many Days in Las Vegas?
Determining how long you should stay in Vegas will depend on a variety of factors â including interests, budget and overall time-frame. We believe planning a 3 Day Las Vegas Itinerary is the perfect introduction to the city. If you are still considering how many days you need in Las Vegas, use our tips below to decide what attractions are essential to you!
Travel Planning Tip: Get (and stay) organized for your Vegas Trip by using our Travel Planning Printables !
More Vegas Itineraries
While we have outlined the best Vegas Itinerary for 3 Days (especially for Las Vegas First-Timers), we understand that not all visitors are spending 3 days in the city. To help other travelers plan their best Vegas itinerary, we are offering our top tips for longer â and shorter â stays.
Vegas for a Day
Trying to plan what to do with 1 Day in Las Vegas is no easy feat â the choices are endless! We think the best way to plan a Las Vegas One-Day Itinerary would be to follow our above advice on things to see in Vegas on Day 1.
If you arrive early enough, start off with a buffet dining experience (or book The Strip Food Tour ). On a One-Day in Las Vegas Itinerary, you could possibly carve out a little time to spend poolside or in a spa.
Las Vegas Itinerary 2 Days
Many visitors are limited to just 2 days on a Las Vegas Weekend Trip – but can still see and do a lot! Using our tips above in what to do in Las Vegas in three days, create a 2-Day Las Vegas Itinerary that best suits your interests. For example, if you are taking a party trip, plan a Las Vegas 2 Days Itinerary using Days 1 and 2 of our outlined 3-Day Vegas Vacation.
On the other hand, if you are most interested in varied experiences, highlights and attractions during your weekend to Vegas, then the best 2-Day Itinerary Las Vegas for you might be to follow Days 1 and 3 instead.
Alternate Las Vegas Itinerary 3 Days
While we believe we outlined the best things to do in Las Vegas in 3 days, fellow travelers might have other interests. With just a few tweaks to our outline, you can plan a perfect Las Vegas 3 Days Itinerary that suits your personal interests.
If the Grand Canyon or one of the other day trips is more appealing than partying at the pool or touring attractions on The Strip, then substitute a tour in your plan for Vegas in three days. If gambling and casinos are of zero interest, eliminate them completely and add more sightseeing!
Vegas Itinerary 4 Days
In a 4-Day Itinerary Las Vegas, visitors will have plenty of time to see the top city attractions and go on a day tour! In fact, we think the best Las Vegas 4-Day Itinerary would be to use the tips in our 3 Days Vegas Trip Planner â and then book a day trip to see more of the surrounding region. Otherwise, find another pool to lounge around!
Las Vegas Itinerary 5 Days
With 5 days in Las Vegas there is ample time to see the sights, go on a day trip and more! For us, a perfect 5-Day Vegas Itinerary would include our tips above for a 4 Days in Vegas Itinerary, then â on the last day â see any sights and attractions that you skipped in the first four days.
For example, visit more of the iconic casinos, chill by the hotel pool, or ride the roller coaster at New York New York. Essentially, use the last day of your 5 Day Vegas Itinerary as a catch-all to visit any of the sights you were not able to squeeze into your Las Vegas Travel Itinerary in the first four days.
7 Days in Las Vegas Itinerary
With so much on offer, there is no problem planning what to do with 1 week in Las Vegas! To create a Las Vegas Itinerary 7 Days, visitors could approach things at a more leisurely pace.
Rather than going full throttle â like attending a pool party and then going out to clubs â do those activities on two separate days. Spend one full day downtown on Fremont Street, rather than just half a day. And, perhaps, consider adding one more excursion to complete your Las Vegas travel itinerary.
Los Angeles, San Francisco, Las Vegas Itinerary
Visitors trying to plan their own Los Angeles, San Francisco, Vegas Itinerary can use our helpful tips in our Weekend in San Francisco article and in our guide to Coastal California .
However, visitors who want to leave the planning to the professionals can book a 7-Day tour of the three cities. Get more info!
Las Vegas Three-Day Itinerary Travel Tips
Now that you know how to plan a travel itinerary for Las Vegas, we have a bit more advice to ensure you pull off that perfect trip!
Las Vegas Tips For First-Timers
Our 3 days in Las Vegas Itinerary is packed with fun things to do for all travelers. However, we have a few first-time Vegas tips to help keep things on track and enjoyable for all!
Stay Hydrated
One of our top Vegas tips for first-timers is to stay hydrated! With an endless flow of drinks and desert sunshine, it is easy for your body to lose fluids and become dehydrated. That can put a real damper on your trip, not to mention, give you a terrible hangover. There are free places to refill â so bring a Collapsible Water Bottle with you.
Stay Together
Everything in Vegas is huge â the casinos, the clubs and the crowds. If you are planning a First-Time Vegas Itinerary with friends or family, stay together! Additionally, have a back up plan or meeting place in case you get separated from your crew or lose your phone.
Watch Your Drinks
Girls â and guys, for that matter â remember to keep an eye on your drinks while at pool parties, dance clubs and even in the casinos. This is a good tip for anyone imbibing anywhere, but especially in a place where you are letting loose and in unfamiliar surroundings.
Budget Your Vegas Trip
Our last tip for planning your First-Time Las Vegas Itinerary is to create a budget. It is easy to get swept up in spending money in the city. Gambling, partying and sightseeing can all be big expenditures. However, with careful planning (and some restraint), it is possible to plan a trip that will fit nearly every budget.
Free Attractions
If you are seeking free things to do in Vegas, there are plenty of ways to keep yourself entertained! We have already highlighted some of the best free Vegas things to do – but we have a few more money-saving tips.
Walk through the Forum Shops at Caesars Palace for window shopping. Stroll along the canal at the Venetian Resort (rather than riding a gondola). Wander the cobblestone lanes at Paris Hotel and seek out replica landmarks at New York New York.
Travelers with kids should head to Circus Circus, where there are free daily circus act performances. If you have a car, take a short road trip to see the unique and colorful Seven Magic Mountains art installation, with offers free entry.
How To Get To Vegas
Las Vegas can be reached by plane, bus or car. Having lived in Phoenix, Arizona for several years, we have made the drive between the two cities numerous times.
Las Vegas Airport
Flights to Vegas land at the McCarran International Airport (LAS), which is located just off the south end of The Strip. The airport is served by all major US airlines and many international carriers. When we need to buy airline tickets, we start our search on SkyScanner for the best deals. We share more tips in our article, Finding Flights for Cheap .
Airport to The Strip
There are several ways to get from the Vegas airport to The Strip hotels. However, properties are not permitted to run their own shuttles, so you will have to book your own. Shared airport shuttles are the least expensive way to get to the Strip, but also generally take the longest.
Taxis, Uber and Lyft pick up passengers from LAS airport as well. However, you can also book Private Round-Trip transport in advance – or, upgrade your arrival with a Limo ride from the airport to your hotel.
How To Get Around
We love to discover cities on footâŠbut that is problematic in Las Vegas. Not only are the colossal casinos further apart than they appear, but â any time outside of winter â it is very, very hot. Thankfully, there are a few different options when it comes to getting around Las Vegas.
The Monorail is a convenient way to get up and down The Strip â and they offer several ticket options, including single ride, daily passes and multi-day passes, too. The Deuce and SDX are the cheap local buses which cover The Strip and beyond.
Ride-shares are convenient options for getting around â but use designated pick up and drop off points. Vegas visitors can rent a car , but we donât recommend it if you are sticking mostly to The Strip and Downtown (Fremont) areas.
An entertaining way to combine transport and sightseeing is with the Big Bus Hop On Hop Off Vegas. The open-air, double-decker bus has two routes and makes stops at all the top attractions. Tickets are available for one or two days. Get your tickets!
Where To Stay in Las Vegas for 3 nights
With 3 nights in Vegas, we think it is imperative to stay in a central location on The Strip. Over the years, we have stayed in many different hotels in Las Vegas, even at a few that no longer exist!
We personally like the MGM Grand, which offers reasonable rates, consistently updated rooms and easy access to the Monorail. Located toward the southern end of The Strip, it is well-suited to a variety of guests (from couples to families to bachelor parties). Check rates and availability!
That said, we have also enjoyed staying in the center of The Strip, where some of the best casinos are clustered together for easy access. Affordable options near the center are LINQ, Flamingo and Harrahâs.
Visitors who want a luxury hotel can opt for one of the 5-star hotels in Vegas, like Cosmopolitan, Bellagio, The Venetian and Wynn.
Start your search for Great Vegas Hotels and use our Top Tips for Booking the Best Hotels !
What To Pack
Deciding what to pack for your 3-day Vegas getaway can be a challenge. If you are going to clubs, you will need stylish clothes and shoes to match. If you plan on taking tours, you will want comfortable outfits. In the end, you may be tempted to pack everythingâŠjust in case! Because we donât recommend over-packing, we do have a few specific packing hacks .
Comfortable Shoes
If you plan on leaving your casino resort at all, we highly recommend packing comfortable travel shoes . Actually, even if you are staying within one complex, you will likely be doing a lot of walking â the casinos are just that massive.
For daytime walking, I like wearing lightweight and comfortable shoes, like these from Columbia . Foldable Flats are also ideal for Vegas and easy to switch out with heels, if you carry them in your purse!
Sun Protection
The sun in Vegas is intense! Wearing sunscreen at the pool and while touring the city is essential; you donât want a sunburn to ruin your vacation. To keep the sun off your face, we also recommend wearing a stylish travel hat and good sunglasses .
Travel Camera
If your Las Vegas Itinerary planner includes any tours, you will definitely want a good travel camera . We suggest the Canon Rebel with a 18-135mm lens. It is easy to use, takes phenomenal photos and comes bundled with a ton of fun accessories; making it an excellent budget camera .
Whether you travel with a backpack or a suitcase , you’ll also want to carry a stylish day bag to tote all your water, sunscreen, camera and other everyday items in. We prefer these small backpacks , but there a loads of styles to choose from. We share our top picks in our blog post, Best Day Bags !
Start planning your trip to Las Vegas ! Search for the lowest airfares , the best accommodations and fun things to do âŠthen start packing ! Want more trip advice? Head over to our Travel Planning Page for more tips on traveling – and for country-specific information, take a look at our Travel Guides Page !
Looking For More Fun-filled USA Weekend Trips?
We have traveled extensively in the United States and share our best itineraries to help fellow travelers plan their vacations. If you need some inspiration, start with our roundup of the Best Weekend Trips in the USA !
Searching for Top Party Destinations in the US? Gotcha! Get primed with our detailed guides for fun weekends in Indy , Austin , New Orleans , Chicago , NYC and Nashville ! Also check out our lists for Great Winter Vacations and the Top Places to Party for NYE (Vegas is on BOTH!).
Visiting some of the Best Destinations in the US West? Great! We have guides to San Diego , Bend , Malibu , Seattle , Vancouver (WA), Portland and Denver !
Going on a USA Road Trip? Super! We provide details for some of the most epic road trips in US, including the California PCH , the Oregon Coast and Columbia River Gorge plus our Ultimate Montana Road Trip !
Find all of our honest advice and insider travel tips on our USA Travel Page!
Pin it! See all of our travel pins on our JetSetting Fools Pinterest Board .
Share This Story!
- Click to share on Pinterest (Opens in new window)
- Click to share on Facebook (Opens in new window)
- Click to share on Twitter (Opens in new window)
- Click to share on LinkedIn (Opens in new window)
Leave a Reply Cancel reply
Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *
- Work with Me
- Start a Blog
- Yearly Roundups
- 101 in 1001 Goals
- how to start a travel blog
- tips for new bloggers
- write me a guest post!
- Work With Me
A Passion and A Passport
Proving Travel is Possible with a Full-Time 9-5
3 Days in Vegas: The Perfect Las Vegas Itinerary
last Updated: March 27, 2024 las vegas nevada
FYI: Affiliate links may be sprinkled throughout the awesome, free content you see below. I’ll receive a small commission when you purchase from my links (at no extra cost to you), which I’ll totally blow on adult things like boba tea and avocado toast. As always, thanks for the support.
Headed to Las Vegas and looking for the best 3 day Las Vegas itinerary? Keep on reading for opulent hotels, sugary snacks, and luxurious spa treatments. See, itâs not all kitschy casinos and high-cash table games!
Iâve taken my fair share of 3 day trips to Vegas (heck, I’ve gone just to see Usher perform #noshame and visit the Valley of Fire – my all time favorite day trip). But with all the things to see and do, I always get overwhelmed when attempting to create the perfect Vegas itinerary for you guys!
We’ve been to Vegas dozens of times (now that we live in San Francisco we go multiple a times a year), and are always finding new things to do. While it doesn’t have the beaches we crave in other destinations ( Hawaii , San Diego , and Half Moon Bay , I’m looking at you), we always love our time in the desert.
Want to create your own Vegas itinerary?! Or visiting for the 3rd, 4th, or 5th time? Check out these 100+ things to do in Las Vegas — the ultimate bucket list!
3 days in Vegas is a good amount of time to see the top tourist sites, do a little gambling (I said a little!), and get a little crazy in the clubs/pools. And after your long weekend in Vegas, youâll be ready to go home back to normal life, I promise you that. Vegas is overwhelming, over-stimulating, and just overall quite a trip.
So when Monique, from get this – My Perfect Itinerary – offered to spill the beans on the perfect 3 days in Las Vegas, I just couldnât say no. Aaaaand sheâs a local, so what could be more fitting?
Enjoy, and lemme know down below in the comments if anything imperative should be added!
A 3 day weekend in Las Vegas is easily doable if you are anywhere on the west coast of the United States. In this guide, I will show you the touristy experiences (actually worth doing) and local tips (I do currently live here!) to give you a well-rounded Las Vegas vacation!
Las Vegas is an extremely famous city known for its epic party scene, amazing year-round weather, luxurious hotels, gambling on every corner, and notable movie spots. Being born and raised in Las Vegas, I will show you the ins and outs of this amazing city!
Where to Stay in Las Vegas?
Were you paying attention when I said Las Vegas is known for its luxurious hotels? Well, if you zoned out in paragraph two⊠you need to grab a coffee to zone back into this 2,000+ word guide!
Whether itâs your first time in Las Vegas or 100th time, you will want to find a hotel along the Las Vegas Strip for your 3 days in Vegas. When I refer to âThe Strip,â this means the four and a half mile strip of hotels and casinos along Las Vegas Blvd. This area is competitive with luxurious and unique hotels, fitting every country you can think of.
Like Egypt? Stay at The Luxor for an Egyptian experience. Their hotel is shaped as an Egyptian pyramid that has a strobe light that (supposedly) can be seen from space!
Like Venice? Stay at The Venetian for some of the best Italian food in the world, gelato shops, and a grand canal weaving through the casino (where you can actually take a gondola ride through the hotel!).
I can go on and on with the unique themes of each hotel, but whichever one tickles your fancy, just make sure you are staying on Las Vegas Blvd between Sunset and Sahara. Since you are only in Vegas for three days, you will want to make sure you are staying in the middle of the action!
IMPORTANT: Just because a hotel has a Las Vegas Blvd address does NOT mean it is on the Las Vegas Strip!
Best Time to Visit Las Vegas?
There is no way to sugar coat it, Vegas is HOT!
The summer is going to be expensive, crowded, and brutally hot. I would 10/10 NOT recommend coming in the summer months.
Plan your 3 days in Las Vegas during either Spring and Fall – youâll thank me later. The weather is gorgeous during these months (70-80 Degrees Fahrenheit), the crowds are not as bad (keyword here is âasâ – Vegas always has A LOT of crowds), and the pricing is far better.
Psst: If you wanna take any day or over night trips to surrounding National Parks ( Death Valley , Zion , and Bryce are popular from here), do not visit Vegas in the summer. It’s sweltering.
LOCAL TIP: Day clubs are one of the best things to do in Las Vegas. They are open most of the year, but are closed end of Fall and early Spring. The exact dates change yearly, but you can just Google âLas Vegas day club opening/closing day,â and you should be able to find the exact date. Make sure you donât travel on a date when these are closed!
How to Get Around Las Vegas?
Uber and Lyft are literally swarming every inch of Las Vegas, so you should never have trouble getting one. However, the hotels and airport make it very difficult to get to the pick-up location because for some reason they are still supporting the taxisâŠ
Hotels will make you walk through the taxi pick-up area and into the parking garage to get to the rideshare area, which if you are drunk and tired this can be very annoying.
And if you arenât constantly drunk and tired on your vacation, you arenât doing your 3 day trip to Vegas right!
How Long to Stay in Las Vegas?
Yea, yea, yea, I know this is a guide for the best 3 day Vegas itinerary. And I certainly feel 3 days in Las Vegas is sufficient, especially if you think you’ll be coming back! You’ll see — any more than 3 days and nights in Vegas will surely kick your butt.
BUT, if you’re traveling from far away, you should 100% spend more time here. While Vegas itself is super fun, the day trips around the city are what really make the area so varied!
S ome of the best day trips from Las Vegas are:
- Valley of Fire State Park
- Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend
- Hoover Dam and Route 66
- Black Canyon Kayak Tour (half day) or Emerald Cave Kayaking
- Grand Canyon (West Rim)
- Bryce Canyon and Zion National Parks
And now, letâs get this Las Vegas itinerary started!
The Best 3 Day Las Vegas Itinerary
Day 1 in vegas.
UPON-ARRIVAL: WELCOME TO LAS VEGAS
Whether you are driving or flying in to Vegas, youâre first stop will obviously be the âWelcome to Las Vegasâ sign. This is single-handingly the most touristy thing in Las Vegas, but you are a tourist AND YOU ARE PROUD!
This sign is located off of Sunset Rd & Las Vegas Blvd, the starting point of the âLas Vegas Strip.â Make this the first thing you do during your 3 days in Las Vegas to just get it outta the way.
Plus, itâs free and who doesnât love free stuff? đ If you want more FREE things to do in Las Vegas, donât forget to check out my guide on 40 Free Things to do in Las Vegas !
NIGHT: DINNER AND DANCING
After checking into your hotel, itâs time for some grub! Regardless of what hotel you are staying at, head over to the Venetian to try out Celebrity Chef, Buddy Vâs restaurant and bakery . I am sure you have heard of the show cake boss and if not, are you living under a rock?!
For those of you living under a rockâŠ. Cake Boss is a ten-year, award winning tv show that ended in 2017 so that he could focus his energy on opening bakeries and restaurants around the world. Since 2017, he has already opened up bakeries in 10 different states!
LOCAL TIP: Get pastries to go because after a long night of drinking, these will actually taste like heaven. You can thank me later.
After youâre done with dinner, head back up to your room to get ready for the night and to drop off those yummy midnight snacks!
To âpregameâ for the night club, you can spend a few hours gambling at one of the hotels. When you gamble on the Las Vegas Strip, you drink for free! A cocktail server will be walking around asking you if you would like anything as long as you are actively playing.
Not really drinking for free I guess, ha!
Night clubs are not open every night, you will need to research which one you want to go to and make sure they are open the night you are traveling. My top five nightclubs choices are:
Any of these are going to have good music and big crowds! Along with this, you will have to pay an arm and a leg for a drink once you get inside. I would recommend having a few drinks either gambling or at a bar before going in.
LOCAL TIP: Most nights, ladies get in for free. The day you choose to go to the club, look out for guys walking around in nice outfits asking you to come on their guest list. You will find them either in front of the club or wandering around the Las Vegas Strip.
Las Vegas Itinerary Day 2
MORNING: SPA DAY
Day 2 of our Las Vegas itinerary begins at the spa, because whatâs better than getting rid of a hangover than by soaking in a tub of warm bubbly water? Every hotel will have a beautifully designed spa that matches the theme of the hotel.
Okay, I know what youâre thinking⊠Why would I waste time going to a spa when I could do that in my hometown?! Because Las Vegas spas are nothing like spas around the U.S. because of the outrageous amount of amenities they offer!
Caesars Palace Spa for example: When you pay for something on their spa menu (massage, facial, etc), you will gain access to their hotel pool, spa hot tub, sauna, steam room, gym, and snow room. YES, you heard that right.. Snow room .
These packages can get pricey, but I think they are worth every penny! You could easily spend several hours here.
Extra option: If spaâs arenât really your thang, nowâs your chance to either check out the Magic Mountains art installation and/or the Neon Museum (both quick uber rides away).
AFTERNOON: POOL PARTIES GALORE
If the spa didnât get rid of your hangover, hair of the dog sure will! Time for some day drinking at one of Las Vegasâs day clubs. These clubs typically open around 11am and get packed very quick! My top five day clubs choices are:
- Wet Republic
- Encore Beach Club
NIGHT: DINNER AND BELLAGIO FOUNTAINS
I don’t know about you, but after a full day of day drinking, I need some comfort food and a nap! If you arenât from the west coast, In N Out will be on your itinerary for today. Actually, no matter where you are from, In N Out is always a good idea!
LOCAL TIP: Get the off-the-menu animal style fries, which is french fries with their sauce, grilled onions and cheese melted on top. Trust me on this one.
If youâre still alive after the day club, you can head over to Hyde at the Bellagio to get the best view of the Bellagio fountains. If you go before 10pm, it is just a restaurant and bar. If you go after 10pm, it turns into a nightclub!
I recommend going before it turns into a club so you can sit outside at a table. Order some cocktails and appetizers to enjoy while watching the Bellagio Fountain Show that goes off every 15-30 minutes.
Being a local, I have seen this show millions of times and it still never ceases to amaze me!
After watching the Bellagio Fountains and enjoying your amazing cocktail, head inside the Bellagio to the conservatory & botanical garden to end your night. This should only take about 15 minutes to walk through, but youâre jaw will drop! This conservatory changes with the seasons and is made completely of real flowers.
Day 3 in Las Vegas
MORNING: BRUNCH IT UP!
Sleep in and head out to Hexx Kitchen for a hearty brunch and bottomless mimosas! This is your last day in Sin City, so thereâs no better time than now to start drinking! The wait can be long on Sundayâs, so make sure you make a reservation in advance.
LATE-MORNING/EARLY AFTERNOON: SIGHTSEEING
After your belly is full of yummy food and bottomless mimosa, time for some sightseeing. Dealing with crowds, picture-taking tourists, and the heat is A LOT more fun after bottomless mimosas! Not speaking from personal experience or anything…
Stop 1: Head next door to the Paris Hotel to snap a picture with a much smaller version of the Eiffel Tower! The view is spectacular from next to or underneath the Eiffel Tower, but if you want a picture of yourself with the full Eiffel Tower in the background, you can get a much better view from across the street by the Bellagio Valet.
Stop 2: Walk one block along Las Vegas Blvd to The Flamingo hotel to see the FREE flamingo habitat! Located outside near the LINQ connection, you can see flamingos walking around in their gorgeous habitat with a winding coy pond and many waterfalls.
Stop 3: Continue walking along Las Vegas Blvd to the Linq Hotel and High Roller (the big ferris wheel). I would skip the Linq hotel and head right outside to their promenade where you can go shopping and get a delicious cupcake from Sprinkles! You donât even need to wait in line for Sprinkles, you can walk right up to their cupcake ATM.
After walking around this adorable area, you can buy tickets for the High Roller. This ferris wheel is so unique because it fits 50+ people per pod! You can either buy tickets to just enjoy the view, or you can buy the VIP package that includes open bar during the duration of the ride. You can get pricing and more information here .
Book your High Roller ferris wheel ticket here!
Stop 4: Time to take your touristy-self to the next level and head to the Venetian for a gondola ride (an absolute must on any cliche Las Vegas itinerary guide)! These can be pricey, but even if you donât feel like spending the money on the ride itself, you should still go see the lagoon either way.
Book your gondola ride here! Includes entry to Madame Tussauds as well!
Since calories donât count on vacation (that is a saying, right?), grab a milkshake at Black Tap and walk around the lagoon with these extravagant milkshakes!
**All of these stops are so close together and easily doable – only 20 minutes to walk all four of these stops!**
LATE AFTERNOON/NIGHT: FREMONT STREET
To end your three days in Las Vegas, you will be heading to downtown Fremont Street. This area of Las Vegas is the polar opposite of what youâve experienced so far. Be expecting art murals on every corner, old school hotels, âcoyote uglyâ style bars, and VERY naked street performers!
Did I not sell you?
If you don’t have a car, I recommend booking yourself on a night tour of downtown Las Vegas! THIS TOUR got exceptional reviews — I kinda wanna take it myself next time! It also brings you to the “Welcome to Fabulous Las Vegas” sign, which looks completely different at night!
Locals and tourists alike flock to Fremont Street because of the fair pricing and lively bars. This area is tightly packed (like most downtown areas around the world), so it makes bar hopping extremely easy. Every bar in this area is very hip and trendy, so getting to check out as many bars as possible should be your game-plan!
I would start on Fremont Street, which will be the very obvious lit up dome covering the entire street. You will see zip lines running across the top, live concerts playing, naked street performers lining the walkway, and bars selling fat Tuesday drinks (the frozen yard drinks).
After checking out Fremont Street, you can begin your bar hopping excursion! Ladies enter for free in all these bars, and most of them guys will need to pay a cover to get in:
- Goldspike: Outside bar with oversized games like beer pong, chess, shuffleboard, corn hole, twister, jenga, and so much more!
- Commonwealth: Double decker bar with a really fun rooftop bar/club.
- Oddfellows: Older style disco bar with a huge dance area in the back.
- Hogs & Heifers: This is a âCoyote Uglyâ style bar with bras hanging from the ceiling and bartenders dancing on the bar.
- Corduroy: They have a really fun photo booth in the back that sends pictures right to your phone for FREE!
LOCAL TIP: Everyone dresses cute/casual for downtown. No need to wear dresses and heels like The Strip nightlife. Most bars are fairly dead until about 10pm, so that is when you should plan to start your night.
BONUS : If youâve got 4 days in Vegas , promise me (oh promise me) youâll spend at least one of your days outside of the city. Thereâs soooo much beautiful nature around the casino-ridden area, itâd be a shame to stay within its boundaries the entire duration of your stay.
Thatâs a wrap! There is so much to see in Las Vegas, and just when you feel like youâve seen everything, this city just keeps on growing. And trust me, after partying/exploring for 3 days in Las Vegas, youâll be ready to head back home for some much-needed rest.
Hopefully you will love this city as much as I do, and crave to come back and see more. If you want to read more Las Vegas guides, you can read more here !
What on this Las Vegas itinerary will you be checking out?
Leave a Reply Cancel reply
Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *
Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.
March 12, 2021 at 10:29 am
One thing not mentioned, another gorgeous drive is up to Mt. Charleston. It's only about 30 minutes or so, & once you gain a little altitude you will feel like you're up in the mountains, pine trees and all! If you go in the summer & it's a zillion degrees in Las Vegas, it will be in the comfy 80's there..just amazing. Stop at the Mt. Charleston Inn & have a meal or a drink, great service & views. In the winter it actually snows!! Go over to Lee canyon, where you can ski, go sledding, & ride the ski lift! It's a wonderful change of pace from the strip..enjoy!!
March 12, 2021 at 11:42 am
Ohhh thanks so much for the tip! I may be headed to LV in July this year so 80's would be great! hahaha
March 13, 2021 at 1:06 pm
Thank you for the excellent guidance. Before the spa (and no spa can beat Qua Baths at Caesars), I kick the hangover in its wimpy ass and go for a run through Hughes Center at dawn. No busy streets to cross except Local and then just nice peaceful sidewalks and manicured landscapes. Nothing beats a five miler ( slow pace…remember we’re hung over), to set the stage for spa, and then pool party
March 27, 2021 at 9:38 am
3 DAYS IS NOWHERE ENOUGH. I DID THE 3 NITE THING MY FIRST TIME IN 82 & EVERSINCE I HAVE ADDED DAYS. UP TO 40 NOW.. I TELL PEOPLE TO TRY AND AT LEAST STAY 5 NITES YOUR FIRST TIME SO YOU CAN ABSORB SOME OF IT…..
March 30, 2021 at 6:16 pm
Listening to this, sounds like a paid advertisement obviously endorsed by the big brands. You must be rich to do this. Alot more can be done on alot less money. 1st suggestion is go to Walgreens and buy your drinks to carry along. Otherwise its $10 per. Best steakhouse a fraction of the cost of the strip, Echo & Rig. But its not close so you should have a car. And if you have a car then go sight seeing. Willow Beach is beautiful. Pioneer Saloon is haunted. Mt Charleston is cool and relaxing and while up there, have a picnic in the meadows of wild horses. And so much more…
March 31, 2021 at 6:18 am
How about visiting the Pinball Hall of Fame or the Mob Museum?
April 4, 2021 at 9:53 am
great additions to any Vegas itinerary!
April 3, 2021 at 4:53 am
You definitely need to stay at the Delano it's next best thing to your Venetian stay and, it's right on the strip. Then stop by Arizona Charlie's to get a reasonable bite to eat. (Good food) and, if you're a Bingo player they play every odd hour. Gambling isn't to bad either. Then if you want to avoid lines Silver Sevens Hotel & Casino is a good spot to eat, reasonable and, good. Needless to say these two are not on the strip but, worth the visit . You definitely gotta get that donut or at least a half dozen from PinkBox Donuts you'll always go back for more. Yum,yum, yummy. Oh yea! If you want to venture out to a great night spot restaurant and, party style laid back superb dining try BLUME it's fantastic no regrets. Just left Vegas March 31,2021 it's getting back to it's old self lookin good. Oh stop by the newly opened Virgin Casino and, don't miss out on Circa down on Fremont now that's worth your visit just an exciting experience. Will be back in May!!
April 4, 2021 at 9:52 am
Thanks for all your tips! Sounds like you had a great time!
April 8, 2021 at 7:23 pm
You also need to see Vegas big production show.
April 12, 2021 at 8:27 am
Also close by is Red Rock Canyon Scooter Tours. They pick you up at your hotel. There's a van version for non-scooter people.
August 7, 2022 at 8:56 am
U mentioned skipping the Linc hotel? Why is that?
September 6, 2022 at 4:52 pm
I almost didn’t read this story since you said you went to Vegas for a Backstreet Boys show and that’s as horrible a time as it gets.
October 11, 2022 at 8:28 am
In the way of transportation/getting around, there also is a monorail, The Deuce bus, and shuttles. Though the monorail runs behind the properties on the east side of The Strip, it can provide a great way to get around without walking the 4.2 miles from one end to the other.
November 3, 2022 at 9:19 am
Thank you so much. Just what I needed to read. We ar going for a week from Ireland. Family thing. But loved your ideas and the fact they are day time events . Will be checking them out. I have been to Vegas many times over the years. Did my fair share of partying there. Now I am on the granny trip. But still plan on blazing some trails. Thanks again
September 29, 2023 at 9:02 pm
Thank you . Loved hearing from a local and wanted some things other than gambling while in town for a few dates. You gave lots of options, even for this one who is not a clubber. Most appreciated, will try some new places since not my first Vega trip.
You may also love...
Subscribe To The Newsletter
FOR TRAVEL INSPO  and  FUN
No spam, only fun!
Favorite Destinations
- About Jessica
- How to Plan a Trip
- Fave Travel Companies
- Shop My Faves
Destinations
- World Travel
- San Francisco
- Northern California
- Southern California
- Central Coast
The Ultimate Las Vegas Travel Guide
Las vegas trip planner.
If itâs your first time in Sin City or you want to plan the best Vegas getaway ever, you need this Las Vegas travel guide . Below, youâll find everything you need to plan a trip to Las Vegas , from attractions and Las Vegas city passes , to the best time to book your hotel.
Planning a Vegas trip step-by-step
This Las Vegas trip planner will guide you step-by-step, so you cover all the bases:
1. Things to do in Las Vegas
- 2. Best Vegas trip itineraries
3. Best time to travel to Las Vegas
4. how to find cheap trips to las vegas.
- 5. Where to stay in Las Vegas
6. How to get around Las Vegas
- 7. Tours to book in Las Vegas
8. Where to eat in Las Vegas
- 9. How much a Vegas trip cost
- 10. Las Vegas tourist map
Before you start planning your once-in-a-lifetime trip to Las Vegas , donât forget to purchase travel insurance for the USA Â if you’re traveling from outside the country .
5% OFF your travel insurance
With all of the activities available in Sin City, you can plan a Vegas trip for families, kids, friends, or couples. Below, youâll find the best things to do in Las Vegas , including concerts, day trips, museums, and much more.
- Free things to do in Las Vegas
- Things to do in Vegas during the day
- Things to do in Las Vegas at night
- Things to do in Las Vegas with kids
- Things to do in Las Vegas as a couple
- Las Vegas bachelor/bachelorette ideas
- Things to do on Las Vegas Strip
- Things to do in Downtown Las Vegas
Many of these attractions are included in the Go City All-Inclusive Pass , the best Las Vegas city pass to save money. You can find more Las Vegas tips for first-timers in our city pass guide .
2. Plan your Vegas trip itinerary
You have lots of options when it comes to putting together a Las Vegas itinerary . It depends on what you want to do and see, as well as how many days you have in the city.
How many days to spend in Vegas
Itâs hard to see all of Las Vegas in a day, but if youâre short on time, two days is enough. Ideally, I recommend planning a 3-day trip to Vegas so you can see all the top attractions.
Vegas trip itinerary ideas
For some ideas on how to plan a trip to Vegas , here are sample itineraries for one, two, and three days.
1-day Las Vegas itinerary
2-day las vegas itinerary, 3-day las vegas itinerary.
Begin your day in Las Vegas  by visiting the Welcome to Fabulous Las Vegas Sign . You can catch the Hop-On/Hop-Off bus there and take it to Downtown Las Vegas, where you can explore this entertainment area.
Then, go to The Venetian  and check out Madame Tussauds  and the gondola rides  at the Grand Canal Shoppes .
Later, head to the LINQ Promenade and ride the High Roller  during sunset. At night, walk to the Eiffel Tower at Paris Las Vegas , where youâll have a great view of the Bellagio Fountains . The water show is one of the best free things to do in Vegas , although if you want to see it from the Paris viewing deck, you should reserve a ticket (It is also included at the Las Vegas All-Inclusive Pass ).
Seeing the Welcome to Fabulous Las Vegas Sign  is a rite of passage, so start there. This is also where you can catch the Hop-On/Hop-Off bus , which will transport you around the Strip.
If you like thrill rides, stop at New York-New York âs Big Apple Coaster  before continuing downtown. Then you can do the Las Vegas Downtown â Fremont St. walking tour , one of the best things to do in downtown Las Vegas .
Later on, head to the LINQ Promenade , where you can eat, shop, and ride the High Roller . You can also get awesome views from the 1,149-foot-tall SkyPod  at the STRAT . The SkyPod has a late-night bar and lounge, so itâs the perfect place to wrap up a Las Vegas couples itinerary .
A Las Vegas weekend itinerary  is ideal because you can experience some daytime activities in Las Vegas  before diving into the nightlife.
First, take a break from the Strip with a half-day Hoover Dam tour . When you return to Vegas, take a quick break, then do go to a pool party in Las Vegas.  If thatâs not your thing, you can take in the scene at Fremont Street , perhaps with a ride on the SlotZilla zip line  or a visit to the Mob Museum , one of the best Las Vegas museums .
At night, walk to the Eiffel Tower at Paris Las Vegas , where youâll have a great view of the Bellagio Fountains . The water show is one of the best free things to do in Vegas , although if you want to see it from the Paris viewing deck, you should reserve a ticket (It is also included at the Las Vegas All-Inclusive Pass ).
If you feel it’s to early to go to bed, grab cocktails at a swanky casino or do a bar crawl .
Ideally, I recommend at least 3 days for your Las Vegas trip so you can fully enjoy all the top attractions. Spend your first day taking the Hop-On, Hop-Off Bus Tour , starting at the Welcome to Fabulous Las Vegas Sign .
As you make your way along the Strip, stop by The Venetian , where you can see the wax figures at Madame Tussauds and take a gondola ride at the Grand Canal Shoppes .
Later on, check out the entertainment and attractions at the LINQ Promenade . If you perfectly time your ride on the High Roller , you can catch the Bellagio Fountains water show from the observation wheel.
The next morning, get in a nice swim or sunbathe at your hotelâs pool before the day gets too hot. Then, check out a Las Vegas museum , like the Mob Museum or the Erotic Heritage Museum .
In the afternoon, get a spectacular view of the city by taking a Las Vegas Strip Helicopter tour , a premium attraction with the Go Las Vegas All-Inclusive Pass .
Afterwards, grab dinner and drinks at Señor Frogs.
Spend your last day taking an adventure to one of the nearby national parks. I recommend this full-day bus tour to the Grand Canyon West Rim and Hoover Dam .
Once you get back to Sin City, you can eat something and get refreshed before taking in a Las Vegas show .
The best time to visit Las Vegas depends on what youâd like to see and do in Sin City. Thanks to its pleasant weather year-round, there isnât necessarily a bad time to visit, but there are times when itâs more crowded and expensive.
What is the best month to go to Las Vegas?
- Best months for good weather:Â March and September boast beautiful weather, so youâll be able to maximize your outdoor time.
- Cheapest month to visit: January is one of the best times to book a Vegas hotel since prices usually drop after the holidays.
- Worst time to visit: Christmastime in Las Vegas is busy, but also very beautiful. Also, July and August are super hot and tend to be more crowded .
Now that you know the cheapest time to go to Las Vegas , see if you can save even more by booking a flight with Kiwi or Skyscanner . These sites will help you find the cheapest trips to Vegas across all airlines, as well as the best travel dates for maximum savings.
- Casino hotels in Las Vegas
- Luxury hotels in Las Vegas
- Cheapest hotels in Las Vegas
- Themed hotels in Las Vegas
- Vegas hotels with jacuzzi in room
- All inclusive hotels in Las Vegas
Hotels in Las Vegas Strip
If itâs your first time in Sin City, or you want an unforgettable vacation, I recommend booking a room at one of the hotels on the Las Vegas Strip , an area full of restaurants, attractions, and activities
Hotels in Las Vegas Downtown
The downtown area is an exciting place to gamble, dine, and shop. As the original gambling mecca, downtown Vegas is a hub for culture, events, and the free Downtown Loop shuttle.
To travel around Las Vegas Strip and the outskirts of the city, youâll want to familiarize yourself with the transportation in Vegas . There are several buses, shuttles, and monorails, and if you want to visit some cool places outside Las Vegas , you can rent a vehicle.
Car rentals in Las Vegas
Rv rentals in las vegas.
Also, there are several national parks near Las Vegas , so renting a car or RV can be a great idea. If you plan to travel around Vegas , consider one of the Las Vegas road trip ideas in our guide.
5 Best Road Trips from Las Vegas, Nevada
10 Best State & National Parks near Las Vegas, Nevada
Road Trip from Las Vegas to Grand Canyon National Park
7. tours to book when planning a vegas trip.
While there is lots to do on the Strip, you can also take a day trip from Las Vegas to get away from the crowds. If you donât want to rent a car, many of these tours include transportation. Here are some ideas to keep in mind while doing your Las Vegas trip planning :
The best restaurants in Vegas appeal to all kinds of appetites and tastes, so treat yourself to a delicious meal during your Las Vegas vacation . Also, the nightlife in Sin City is incredible, so enjoy an after-dinner cocktail at one of the rooftop bars in Las Vegas .
Best restaurants in Las Vegas
Rooftop bars in vegas, 9. how much does a trip to vegas cost.
Calculating the cost of a trip to Vegas isnât always straightforward since it depends on when you go, where you stay, how you get around, and which activities you do. Here is a price breakdown to help you out, as well as some Vegas trip planning tips so you can have an awesome getaway without breaking the bank!
Make the most of your Vegas trip by staying in one of the best hotels in Las Vegas :
- Room rates : $225-$1,850/night
- Resort fee : $51.02/night
- Room rates : $215-$2,315/night
- Resort fee : $45.95/night
- Room rates : $189-$732/night
- Resort fee : $45/night
- Room rates : $99-$398/night
- Resort fee : $39/night
- Room rates : $109-$300/night
- Resort fee : $36/night
Wondering how to avoid the resort fees? Check our list of best hotels in Las Vegas without resort fees .
American, Asian, French, ItalianâŠwhatever youâre craving, you can get it here. While planning your Vegas trip , remember to account for meals. Sin City has fast-food options, cafes, buffets, and many hotels offering complimentary breakfast. That said, you should splurge on a meal at one of the best restaurants in Las Vegas ! Below are the prices you can expect to pay per day:
- Breakfast : $0-$10/person
- Lunch : $10-$20/person
- Dinner (casual restaurant) : $20-$35/person
- Dinner (fine restaurant) : $35-$350/person
- Total : $65-$425/person per day
There are countless things to do in Las Vegas , but here are the most popular activities. If youâre interested in several of these attractions, consider a Las Vegas city pass to save money. For first-timers, I recommend the Go Las Vegas All-Inclusive Pass ($119).
- High Roller ($26)
- Paris Eiffel Tower ($27)
- Neon Museum ($20)
- Mob Museum ($30)
- Natural History Museum ($12)
- BODIES: The Exhibition ($35)
- Titanic Artifacts Exhibit ($35)
- Discovery Childrenâs Museum ($15.50)
- Erotic Heritage Museum ($30)
- National Atomic Testing Museum ($22)
- Gondola ride ($39)
- The STRAT SkyPod ($20)
- Vegas Strip night tour ($69)
- Big Apple Coaster ($19)
- Madame Tussauds ($37)
- Adventuredome ($31.95)
- Fly LINQ Zipline ($35)
- Las Vegas Springs Preserve ($10)
These are the most popular tours from Las Vegas , but you can find more options in our guide.
- Night flight over the Vegas Strip ($89)
- Grand Canyon West Rim Tour ($89)
- 3-hour Hoover Dam tour ($65)
- Full-day Antelope Canyon tour ($299)
- Death Valley one-day tour ($239)
- Guided Valley of Fire hike ($119)
- Bus tour to Zion & Bryce Canyon ($185)
- 3-hour Red Rock Canyon tour ($113)
- Area 51 day trip ($205)
- One-day Hollywood tour ($247)
- 3-day Far West tour ($540)
Las Vegasâ public transportation is a convenient and reliable way to get around:
- Airline Shuttle ($9-$10 one-way)
- Downtown Loop (free)
- Las Vegas Monorail ($12/day)
- Deuce Bus ($8/day)
- SDX Bus ($8/day)
- CX Bus ($5/day)
- Big Bus ($45/1-day tour)
- Taxis ($20-$25 from airport)
- Uber/Lyft ($15 from airport)
Renting a car in Las Vegas will allow you to explore the nearby surroundings, and we highly recommend using DiscoverCars . The price depends on the vehicle you choose, how many days you rent it for, and the insurance you purchase, but the average price is $66/day.
If you want to visit a nearby national park, renting an RV in Las Vegas is a good idea, and there are a few reputable rental companies:
- Outdoorsy (~$115/day)
- Motorhome Republic (~$158/day)
- RVshare (~$205/day)
- USA RV Rentals (~$185/day)
- Cruise America (~$181/day)
Experiencing the nightlife is part of visiting Sin City, and there are plenty of things to do in Las Vegas at night :
- Concerts/shows : There are all kinds of shows in Las Vegas , such as musicians, comedians, magic shows, and more. Pricing can range from $50 to $5,900, depending on the performer.
- Casinos : Enjoy the slots, table games, sports betting, and poker at the top casinos in Las Vegas .
- Nightclubs : Las Vegasâ nightclubs range from lavish and intimate venues to multi-level lounges with lively dance floors. Ladies usually get in for free, while men can expect to pay a cover of $10-$100.
- Pools/parties : Whether you want a family-friendly pool or an adults-only party venue, there are lots of fun pools in Las Vegas . Some hotel pools require you to be a guest at the resort, while others charge a fee of $20-$35.
Below is the total for one person spending three days and two nights in Vegas. However, the total cost of a trip to Vegas depends on where you stay, what you eat, how you get around, and what you do in the city, so use this only as a guide:
- 2-night accommodation : $430
- Meals : $360
- 2-day Attraction Pass : $119
- Day tour : $206
- Airport Shuttle (two-way) : $20
- Other activities : $250
- Total : $1,385 per person for a 3-day/2-night trip
Planning a cheap Las Vegas vacation
- When choosing the best time to visit Las Vegas , think about what you want to do and where you want to stay. If you would like to travel on a budget, do it during the low season.
- Save money on accommodations by booking a cheap Las Vegas hotel or a Vegas hotel with no resort fees .
- Consider purchasing a Las Vegas citypass , and donât forget to take advantage of all the free things to do in Vegas .
10. Download a tourist map of Las Vegas
Finally, keep a map of Las Vegas on hand so you can find all the things you want to see. This way, you can plan a route around those attractions, which will make traveling in Vegas a lot easier.
Other travel tips for Las Vegas
Here are some final tips to keep in mind while youâre doing your trip planning for Las Vegas :
- Itâs hard to see all of Las Vegas in a day, but if youâre short on time, 2 days is enough. Ideally, I recommend a 3-day itinerary for Las Vegas so you can see all the top attractions.
- I recommend getting the Go Las Vegas All-Inclusive Pass (the best CityPass in Las Vegas ) if you plan on staying in the city for a few days and you want to take advantage of all there is to see and do.
- This sightseeing city tour on the hop-on/hop-off bus is a great way to get around and see several popular attractions.
- Remember to always have a map on hand when you plan your trip so you can find the best things to do in Las Vegas and plan out a route that allows you to make the most of your stay.
- Plan ahead and reserve your rental car in Las Vegas in advance. We use DiscoverCars for the cheapest options.
- You can legally refuse to pay resort fees since they violate the Deceptive Trade Practices Law in Nevada. If you donât want to deal with this, book a room at one of the Las Vegas hotels without resort fees .
- The weather in Las Vegas gets extremely hot in the summer, so if you visit during this season, bring loose, light-colored clothes and lots of water.
Las Vegas travel guide FAQ
To finish up this Las Vegas trip planner , here are some common questions about Sin City and the Vegas Strip:
How hot is it in Las Vegas?
The yearly average high temperature in Las Vegas is about 80°F. That said, the summer weather in Las Vegas can be brutal, with highs exceeding 100°F.
How old do you need to be to book a Las Vegas hotel room?
Most Vegas hotels require guests to be 21 to book a room, but if the resort doesnât have a casino, the age limit may be 18.
What is the minimum age to visit a casino in Las Vegas?
You must be 21 or older to enter the gaming area in any casino in Las Vegas, Nevada.
Are Vegas casinos open 24 hours?
Yes, most casino hotels on Las Vegas Strip are open 24/7.
How much does it cost to get into a Las Vegas nightclub?
It typically costs anywhere from $20 to $100 to get into a Vegas club. Men will pay more than women, and if a famous DJ or performer makes an appearance, cover charges will be higher.
Is Las Vegas fun for non-gamblers?
Yes! You donât have to gamble at a casino to enjoy Las Vegas. Other attractions and activities include museums, tours, exhibits, pools, shops, shows, and more.
Is Las Vegas safe?
In general, the Strip is safe, and you should practice common sense in Las Vegas as you would in any other city.
Is Las Vegas kid-friendly?
Yes, there are lots of things to do in Vegas as a family.
Are there beaches in Las Vegas?
There arenât any ocean beaches close to Las Vegas, but there are beach pools and the beaches of Lake Mead.
Is it easy to get around Las Vegas?
Yes, and there are plenty of transportation options like buses, monorails, and trams.
Can I park a car in Las Vegas?
Yes, there are parking lots throughout Las Vegas, and some Vegas hotels offer free parking for guests.
Which national parks are close to Las Vegas?
These are the most popular national parks near Vegas:
- Red Rock Canyon National Conservation Area â 20 mins
- Lake Mead National Recreation Area â 30 mins
- Valley of Fire State Park â 45 mins
- Death Valley â 2 hours
- Red Cliffs National Conservation Area â 2 hrs
- Zion National Park â 2 hrs 40 mins
- Joshua Tree National Park â 3 hrs
- Bryce Canyon â 4 hrs
- Grand Canyon National Park â 4 hrs, 10 mins
- Yosemite National Park â 5 hrs 30 mins
If you have any other questions about our Las Vegas visitors guide , feel free to leave a comment below. I hope this Las Vegas trip planner is helpful, and I wish you a wonderful time in Sin City!
all our vegas posts
10 Best Luxury Hotels in Las Vegas â 5-Star Hotels in Vegas
10 Best Hotels in Las Vegas Without a Casino
8 Best Boutique Hotels in Las Vegas, Nevada
10 Best Hotels in Downtown Las Vegas, Nevada
5 Best Hotels in Las Vegas with Indoor Pools
8 Best Flea Markets in Las Vegas, NV + MAP
10 Best Scenic Views of Las Vegas, Nevada + MAP
12 Best Rooftop Bars in Las Vegas + MAP
10 Best Water Parks in Las Vegas + MAP
8 Best Outlets in Las Vegas, Nevada + MAP
Best Shows in Las Vegas | Top Vegas Shows, Musicals + More
6 Best Spas in Las Vegas & Hotel Spas in Las Vegas
10 Best Hotels in Las Vegas â Top Las Vegas Hotels
The perfect 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 & 7-day las vegas itineraries.
10 Best Hikes in Las Vegas + Las Vegas Trail Map
15 Best Museums in Las Vegas, Nevada + MAP
15 best free things to do in las vegas, nevada, 15 best things to do in downtown las vegas.
15 Best Things to Do in Las Vegas at Night
15 best things to do in las vegas as a couple.
10 Best Pet-Friendly Hotels in Las Vegas
2 replies on “ Las Vegas Trip Planner â The Ultimate Las Vegas Travel Guide ”
Well, I am very thankful for your information. After complete my trips from new york to niagara falls . I must share this information with friends.
Hi Aalish, Thanks so much! I’m glad I could help đ
Leave a Reply Cancel reply
Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *
This site is protected by reCAPTCHA and the Google Privacy Policy and Terms of Service apply.
3 Days in Las Vegas: The Perfect Weekend in Vegas Itinerary
Oh, the glitz and glamour of spending a long weekend in Las Vegas, with its worldwide fame thanks to its neon signs, legendary casinos, luxury hotels, and fabulous entertainment.
Often referred to as âSin City,â escaping day-to-day life by running away to spend a few days in Las Vegas has been popular for decades.
It is no wonder though: there are so many exciting things to do in Las Vegas that it can feel overwhelming!
Thanks to this 3 day Las Vegas itinerary, that stress will be alleviated and you will have a great starting point for your trip to Las Vegas.
A long weekend in Vegas is the perfect amount of time to do some gambling, see a show, and take in the top attractions in Vegas.
Here’s how to spend a perfect 3 days in Las Vegas, whether it’s your first getaway to Sin City or your 10th!
Note : This Las Vegas travel guide was written for Our Escape Clause by Las Vegas enthusiast Michelle Snell of That Texas Couple . Thanks for joining us, Michelle!
Table of Contents
The Perfect 3 Days in Las Vegas Itinerary
Where to stay for a weekend in las vegas, where to eat in las vegas, nv, getting around during 3 days in vegas, when to visit las vegas, nevada.
Some links in this post may be affiliate links. If you make a purchase through one of these links, we may earn a small commission at no extra cost to you. Please see our disclosure policy for more detail.
Day 1 in Las Vegas Itinerary: Welcome to Las Vegas Sign, The Strip + A Night Out
Kick off your weekend in vegas with a selfie at the iconic las vegas sign..
Everyone wants their picture with the famous âWelcome to Las Vegasâ sign!
Luckily, this sign is an easy first stop when trying to explore Las Vegas in 3 days.
Grab a cab or Uber and ask the driver to head south of the airport to the iconic sign.
The âWelcome to Las Vegasâ sign is in the middle of the road, so be careful when crossing!
Designated as a historic landmark and listed on the National Register of Historic Places, this sign is a must-do during your Las Vegas vacation!
The placement of the sign designates the starting of the Las Vegas strip, so this is the perfect place to kick off your Vegas vacation.
Keep in mind that this is one of the most popular things to do in Las Vegas, so waiting in line to take a photo is common!
The earlier you start your morning (a big ask during a Las Vegas weekend getaway, I know), the better.
Explore the famous Las Vegas Strip.
The Las Vegas Strip has to be one of the most famous streets in the United States.
Once you arrive, you will immediately see why.
You are engulfed with recreations of iconic structures from around the world.
You will see a pyramid, the Statue of Liberty, the Eiffel Tower, and more as you make your way down The Strip.
After checking into your accommodations, get started exploring the Las Vegas Strip, because there is a lot to see!
Each lavish casino on The Las Vegas Strip has its own unique attraction to lure in visitors.
For this Las Vegas itinerary, we are going to start at the south end of The Strip and make our way north, stopping at the most famous attractions along the way.
Of course, if one of these attractions doesnât appeal to you, just skip it!
Getting Around The Strip
If your accommodations are not near the south end, you can take the city bus to get there, or you can reverse the order listed here.
The city bus is a surprisingly cheap and easy way to get around tow n!
Keep in mind that the distances on The Strip are deceiving.
You can look down the street and notice the sign for the hotel right next door… but the walk could take 15-20 minutes!
The casino properties are huge and you have to go over an elevated pedestrian bridge every time you cross the street.
The Best Things to Do on the Strip
Here’s what to keep an eye out for when exploring The Strip during the first day of your Las Vegas getaway.
Fair warning: perusing The Strip can easily take all day (or more), so take your time and soak up the over-the-top glitz!
Titanic: The Artifact Exhibition at the Luxor
Where else in the United States can you take a picture in front of an Egyptian pyramid?
Only in Las Vegas!
The pyramid-shaped hotel is the Luxor , and it is here that you will find Titanic: The Artifact Exhibition .
The Titanic exhibit at the Luxor is a top-notch experience.
Upon arrival, you are given a card and you become one of the passengers on the ship.
As you explore the exhibits, you are treated to over 250 actual artifacts from the ship.
There are also several recreation rooms, including a replica of the Grand Staircase.
At the end of your journey, you get to learn whether your person survived.
Grab your tickets to Titanic: The Artifact Exhibition now!
New York, New York Hotel
Like many of the best hotels in Vegas, The New York, New York Hotel is an attraction in itself!
From the outside, you can see a replica of the New York skyline, the Statue of Liberty, and the Brooklyn Bridge.
Once inside, you feel as though you have been transported to the city street of New York.
One of the attractions in the New York, New York Hotel is the popular Big Apple Coaster.
The Big Apple Coaster is an adrenaline lover’s dream!
If you want to intensify your ride even more, be sure to add the VR experience!
The Eiffel Tower at Paris Las Vegas
You canât miss the Paris Hotel and Casino . Just look for the Eiffel Tower!
The Eiffel Tower here is a half-size replica of the one that you will find in Paris.
You can make this a quick stop if all you want to do is take a picture of the tower and the Champs Elysses.
If you want to spend some more time here, ride the 46-stories of the Eiffel Tower to get an epic view of the Las Vegas Strip.
Taking this ride at night and having dinner atop the tower is one of the most romantic things to do in Las Vegas !
Book your visit to Las Vegas’ Eiffel Tower today!
Bellagio Fountain Show (+ Beyond)
The Bellagio is one of the best hotels in Vegas for couples and is a must-do stop during your few days in Las Vegas.
The main attraction at the Bellagio Hotel is the epic fountain show that takes place every 30 minutes right on the Las Vegas Strip!
The cool thing about this show is that the fountains are synchronized to the music and the songs change throughout the day.
While here, you need to go inside the Bellagio Hotel also.
The lobby ceiling is a beautiful display of art by glass artist, Dale Chihuly.
Just beyond the lobby is the Bellagio Conservatory and Botanical Garden.
The displays at the conservatory are created using natural plant materials and change with the seasons.
If that isnât enough, the Bellagio is also home to the worldâs largest chocolate fountain!
You can find the 27-foot tall chocolate fountain on display at the Bellagio Patisserie.
The Grand Canal of the Venetian Resort Las Vegas
For a taste of Italy right in Las Vegas, head to the Venetian Hotel and Casino .
A replica of the beautiful canals that meander throughout Venice greets visitors.
Hop on one of the gondolas to be swept away to one of the most iconic cities in Italy!
A gondola ride at the Venetian allows visitors to explore the hotel in a unique way.
Floating through the canals, you will go under bridges and beside cafes as you make your way through the hotel.
Take note that you have two choices when booking your gondola ride, an indoor ride or an outdoor ride.
Be sure to pick the one that you have your heart set on.
While at the Venetian, be sure you go inside and explore the hotel .
The lobby is lined with columns and beautiful Italian tile.
As you continue to explore, you will find that the common areas of the hotel are replicas of the gorgeous streets in Venice.
There is even a reproduction of St. Markâs Square , the iconic square in Venice.
Keep your eye out for âstreet performersâ also as they roam the street of Venice entertaining visitors.
Volcano Eruption at the Mirage
A little further, down the Strip, you will find the Mirage Hotel and Casino .
One of the most memorable Las Vegas attractions at the Mirage is the volcano–yes, a volcano!
The Mirage volcano erupts daily between 7 and 11 pm.
The eruptions take place on the hour, so this one is easy to fit into your Las Vegas weekend itinerary.
Day 2 Las Vegas Itinerary: Downtown Las Vegas, A Pool Party + Museums
Day 2 of your Vegas itinerary is taking you to the heart and soul of Las Vegas, downtown.
Downtown Las Vegas is the roots of the Vegas that we know today.
It is here that the iconic casinos originated!
The famous Freemont Street is also located in the downtown area as are some fun museums and quirky hotel attractions.
Vegas Travel Tip : If you are looking for a reasonable hotel deal, check out the downtown area. Often the hotels here are way cheaper than hotels on The Strip!
Here’s what to do downtown during your second day in Vegas!
Explore the Downtown Las Vegas Arts District .
The Las Vegas Arts District also called the 18b, is an 18 block thriving art community.
Here you will find an eclectic mix of businesses including boutique clothing stores, art galleries, antique stores, and of course, bars and restaurants.
The Las Vegas Arts District hosts a First Friday art walk on the first Friday of every month.
If your 3 day weekend in Vegas includes a first Friday, make sure to visit as they often have local artists on-site as well as live performances!
Pay a visit to the Mob Museum.
The Mob Museum , located in Downtown Las Vegas, is a great addition to your 3 days in Las Vegas itinerary.
This museum immerses visitors in the history and impact of organized crime.
The Mob Museumâs historic building helps to make the experience even more authentic as many famous mob-related hearings were held here.
A visit to The Mob Museum allows visitors to explore 3 floors and a basement.
One of the popular exhibits is the âPath to Prohibitionâ which takes you through the prohibition era and includes a speakeasy bar you can visit.
There are also exhibits on the history of organized crime, the St. Valentineâs Day Massacre wall and evidence, a firearm simulator, and displays outlining the Kefauver Hearings.
Plan to spend at least three hours at The Mob Museum if you plan to explore all of the exhibits.
Grab tickets for The Mob Museum today!
Attend one of the iconic Las Vegas pool parties.
A visit to Vegas is not complete with participating in one of its iconic pool parties!
The pools in Las Vegas turn into daytime clubs as DJs play music, bartenders serve up delicious cocktails, and everyone is dressed to impress in their best swimwear!
You can find at least one pool party every day in Las Vegas.
Some to take note of are the party at the Wet Republic at MGM Grand , Rehab Beach Club at the Hard Rock, and Encore Beach Club at Encore at Wynn Las Vegas .
Most pool parties charge an entrance fee and can get rowdy.
If that is not your scene, then you can just lounge around the hotel pool and relax.
Want to make the most of the party? Book a pool party crawl in order to hit up several spots in one afternoon!
Book your Vegas pool party crawl today!
Check out the Neon Museum.
The Neon Museum is an absolute must-see during your 3 days in Las Vegas, and is best visited at night.
Full of âretiredâ neon signs from the hotels and casinos of Las Vegasâ past, the Neon Museum is quite a sight at night when the signs are all lit up.
Visitors will find over 200 signs here. While some of the signs have been restored, many have not.
Regardless, they are all cool to see!
You have the option of taking a self-guided tour or an hour-long guided tour during your visit.
Stop by the Fremont Street Experience.
Another must-do on your Vegas itinerary is the Fremont Street Experience.
Located in Downtown Las Vegas, Fremont Street is an experience like no other.
The entire street is covered in a canopy that contains 12 million LED lights!
This alone is unique as it is the largest audio-video light show in the world.
You can witness the 6-minute light show for yourself every hour.
In addition to the cool show taking place over your head, this area of Las Vegas also boasts a zip line that allows visitors to soar over the crowd below!
The zip line, known as ZipZilla is 7-stories high and two blocks long!
The Fremont Street Experience is truly like a big street party. There are always free concerts happening in the street, fun bars, and historic casinos.
Fremont Street is the perfect place to end the second day of your Las Vegas getaway.
Day 3 Las Vegas Itinerary: Discover the Southwest Beyond Vegas
A day trip out of the city is a necessity during your long weekend in Las Vegas!
While it’s easy to forget when surrounded by the neon lights and casinos, Vegas is in a prime location to access some of the most incredible landscapes in the USA, from the Grand Canyon to the Hoover Dam.
Once you get away from the glittering lights of The Strip, you will find that Las Vegas is home to numerous outdoor activities, from hiking to horseback riding .
These day trips can be fun to self-drive, and if you’d like to go independently, we highly recommend renting a car for the day through Discover Cars (they’ll make sure you get the best deal).
If you’d rather not deal with transportation, though, don’t worry–guided tours are also easy to come by, and we’ll link some highly-rated options below.
Here are some of the absolute best day trips from Las Vegas to consider!
Valley of Fire State Park
If you are a fan of the bright red sandstone that often dots desert terrain, then the Valley of Fire State Park is the perfect day trip for you.
The Valley of Fire State Park is home to over 40,000 acres of this beautiful stone.
Not only that, but petroglyphs found here date back over 2,000 years!
The Civilian Conservation Corps (CCC) added Park amenities such as campgrounds, roads, and stone cabins in 1931.
Named The Valley of Fire State Park in 1935, this was the state of Nevadaâs first state park.
Today, you can visit the Visitorâs Center to learn more about the history of the park and see exhibits of historical artifacts before heading out on one of the fabulous hikes in the park.
There are several trails to choose from for all ability levels.
The Valley of Fire State Park is located about 55 miles outside of Las Vegas.
Getting to the park is easy as there is only one main road through the park, the Valley of Fire Scenic Byway.
Just driving the Scenic Byway allows for some fabulous views!
Book your day trip to Valley of Fire State Park today!
The Hoover Dam
One of the most popular day trips from Vegas is a visit to the Hoover Dam .
Built between 1931 and 1936, the Hoover Dam is an architectural marvel and is a National Historic Landmark.
Located just 30 minutes from Vegas, a trip to the Hoover Dam is an easy day trip.
During your visit here, you can take a guided tour to learn all about the workings of this historic site.
The dam towers over 700 feet above the Colorado River and houses 17 generators that produce over 4 billion kilowatts of electricity a year.
If you want a great view of the dam, head to the Pat Tillman Memorial Bridge.
This popular day trip is a fabulous way to visit the Hoover Dam!
Grand Canyon-West Rim
Everyone should see the Grand Canyon at least once their life, I mean; it is one of the seven natural wonders of the world!
Lucky for you, the West Rim of the Grand Canyon is accessible on a day trip from Las Vegas.
Do take note though, the West Rim of the Grand Canyon is a 2.5-hour drive from Las Vegas, so this does make for a long day.
If you are up for it, it makes for a very memorable day also.
Some companies even offer a helicopter tour , greatly cutting down on your travel time and creating an incredibly memorable experience (who could forget having lunch on the floor of the Grand Canyon?).
One of the top attractions at the West Rim is the Skywalk.
The Skywalk will have you walking on glass more than 4,000 feet above the canyon below.
If that didnât get your adrenaline going, then soar 500 feet above the canyon on the zip line course!
Book your day trip to the Grand Canyon West Rim today!
Red Rock Canyon
Attracting millions of visitors a year, Red Rock Canyon is a popular outdoor recreation area near Las Vegas.
The canyon is over 195,000 acres and is Nevadaâs first Conservation area.
Hiking, horseback riding, geological features, rock climbing, and enjoying a 13-mile scenic loop drive are among the best things to do in Red Rock Canyon .
The red sandstone mixed with the beautiful gray limestone on the cliff-facing makes the canyon a gorgeous display.
The geological features found at Red Rock Canyon display the unique quality of the Mojave Desert.
With more than 25 hiking trails, you are sure to find one that meets your skill level.
For the more adventurous souls, try your hand at rock climbing while visiting Red Rock Canyon.
Red Rock Canyon boasts more than 1200 named rock-climbing routes ranging in ability levels.
Book your day trip to Red Rock Canyon today!
Lake Mead National Recreation Area
Another easy day trip from Vegas is Lake Mead. Lake Mead is located approximately 30 minutes outside of the city.
While not as well known by tourists, Lake Mead is a fabulous retreat, especially during the warm weather months.
This incredible recreational area spans over 1.5 million acres, crossing canyons, mountains, valleys, and two lakes.
Visitors here can enjoy swimming, boating, fishing, and hiking during their time in the Lake Mead Recreation Area.
The two lakes found here are Lake Mead and Lake Mohave, both of which are great lakes for recreational activities.
Lake Mead has over 750 miles of shoreline, making it a great place to spend a day on the water.
Since you only have 3 days in Las Vegas, I would recommend staying close to all of the action.
For this to happen, you can choose between staying on The Strip and staying in the historic downtown area.
Either of these choices makes a memorable base for your long weekend getaway, and each will allow you a fun and unique experience during your visit to Vegas.
Here are a few popular, well-reviewed options!
The Flamingo Hotel on the Las Vegas Strip will put you right in the center of everything The Strip has to offer.
This budget hotel has an excellent casino and the famous High Roller Observation Wheel nearby!
Check rates & book your stay at The Flamingo Hotel!
Looking for something outside the Strip?
The Golden Nugget is a popular mid-range hotel in Downtown Las Vegas.
On-site, you will find 10 restaurants, a great spa, and 2 pools.
For a mid-range hotel on The Strip, consider staying at the MGM Grand .
Not only does the MGM Grand have a great location, but it is also home to numerous attractions.
Here you will find shows, concerts, Top Golf, and more!
Check rates & book your stay at The Golden Nugget or the MGM Grand !
Luxury
Finding a luxury hotel on the Las Vegas Strip is easy as there are plenty to choose from!
One of the best of these is the famous Bellagio Hotel .
Imagine having a suite overlooking the fountain show every night!
Other well-reviewed choices along the iconic Strip include Encore at Wynn Las Vegas , Nobu Hotel at Caesarâs Palace , and The Palazzo at the Venetian .
Check rates & book your stay at the Bellagio!
Finding a great meal in Las Vegas is easy.
The food here ranges from hot dogs to Michelin Star restaurants, so it is easy to find whatever you are in the mood for.
If you want a full tour of Las Vegas’ food culture and to enjoy offerings from its many celebrity chefs, this popular food tour is the perfect addition to your weekend and will make sure you sample a wide variety of what Vegas has to offer, while learning about the city’s unique culinary history along the way!
Book your Las Vegas food tour today!
Looking for some more restaurants to enjoy?
Here are a few popular additions to Las Vegas itineraries!
Hash House A Go Go
Hash House A Go Go is known for being one of the best deals on the Las Vegas Strip.
Here guests are served up huge portions of famous hashes in hot iron skillets.
These hash skillets include can include eggs, fried potatoes, meatloaf, vegetables, mozzarella, a biscuit, and more.
The gigantic meals here are almost guaranteed to soak up all of those cocktails youâve had!
Giada at the Cromwell
The famed Food Network star, Giada opened her first restaurant right here on the Las Vegas Strip.
Giadaâs serves up delicious Italian food in a great atmosphere.
Guests can try dishes such as lemon spaghetti, lobster ravioli, and vegetable Bolognese rigatoni.
Hellâs Kitchen at Caesarâs Palace
Most people are familiar with Hellâs Kitchen thanks to the popular television show featuring Gordon Ramsey.
Located inside Caesarâs Palace, this restaurant is easily accessible and even offers the option of a prix fixe menu.
Go for the baked macaroni and cheese during your visit!
It is relatively easy to get around during a Las Vegas weekend getaway.
Like most big cities, Las Vegas offers taxi cabs, Uber, and Lyft rideshare.
While The Strip is long, most people do tend to walk this area so that they don’t miss any of the iconic Las Vegas attractions found along it.
If you donât want to walk, you can take the monorail which will allow you to navigate the Las Vegas Strip in 15 minutes!
Another option is the Las Vegas Deuce bus.
The Deuce offers two routes that are specifically for the tourist areas of The Strip and downtown.
The Downtown Loop is a free shuttle that also includes an opportunity to stop at the Arts District.
I would not recommend renting a car during your time in Las Vegas unless you are renting it for one of the day trips noted above or you’re road-tripping to Vegas from San Diego , LA, Phoenix, or beyond–Las Vegas makes an excellent stop on a bigger southwest road trip !
Want to self-drive a day trip from Vegas? Check rates and book your rental car today!
While Vegas is undoubtedly a year-round destination, spring and fall are the ideal times to spend a few days in Las Vegas, especially if you want to enjoy Las Vegas without gambling (during the hot summer months, the casinos offer a reprieve from the heat).
The times between March to May and September to November bring moderate weather and some of the best travel deals.Â
During this time, the temperatures are mild enough for you to enjoy being outside and can still enjoy the pool parties!
The winter months bring about colder temperatures and increased prices as Las Vegas is a very popular holiday destination.
Donât visit in the summer unless you don’t mind putting up with intense heat during your long weekend in Vegas!
Las Vegas is known to be over 100 degrees during the summer months!
3 thoughts on “3 Days in Las Vegas: The Perfect Weekend in Vegas Itinerary”
When booking a room in Las Vegas, beware of the resort fee scam. Not too long ago, I was looking at Vegas off season (winter) room prices, and I found some big print offers at $35 per night. Small print added a mandantory $15-25 per night âresort feeâ. While a room at a nice hotel for $50 a night or so, is a remarkable bargain, if you are price shopping, be sure you got the total daily cost of the room (room rate+ resort fee+ any other fees, like parking, + taxes so that you know how much the room really costs after you cut through the scams.
Also keep this in mind. Like an ocean cruise ships, a Las Vegas hotel only exists to extort as much money as possible from your bank account, and they have amazing ways to do that. Example: the Bellagio Gallery Of Fine Art is a very, very small museum that displays the hotelâs owner’s collection of a handful of impressionist paintings– standard admission fee, $18. You get 2 rooms of art for $18 at Bellagio. At the MusĂ©e d’Orsay in Paris (the Louvre’s impressionist art collection), you get a whole big museum of impressionist art for 13-17 Euros. The National Gallery of Art & The Philips Gallery in Washington DC have lots of impressionist art with a $0 admission fee.
I want to visit Las Vegas soon. I’m looking for coupons and discounts.
Perfect for a girls trip. Yuk for a boy’s trip no doubt. My buddies and I (6 to 10) go once a year to Vegas. It’s a year long trip because we talk about all year. Are sons are invited but no wife’s or women. Used missed the whole point of a Las Vegas trip for us. It’s about feeling special and cutting up as a group. It’s about the gambling the wins the losses and the stories. Are itinerary is catch a early flight together, offer to buy drinks for everyone on the plane (it doesn’t take much alchohol to get a buzz at a high altitude) . We have people who remember us from flights past, what a blast. It’s not unusual for people from the plane to hang out with us in Vegas. We then catch a lucky shoe shine at the airport, ( this is an absolute). Next a limo ride to a fabulous casinio property where we get the VIP treatment checking into our shared adjoining suites. Talk about comeradere. Next is a early dinner then some gambling. Friday morning we wake up early and take a long walk on the strip before breakfast. We then go to the spa for a message, unbelievable. Friday night we go to a great dinner sparing no expense. Then we gamble again. There’s nothing better then a big gambling win, maybe try to bet a thousand bucks on a hard ten. A big win is Exclerating, it can’t be beat. We didn’t go to Vegas to punt. Saturday we call the ” greatest day of the year”. No doubt. We go to our booked sports bar table and watch college football and bet the games. Did I say it’s the greatest day of the year. Las Vegas is about feeling special and hanging out with your best buddies. What a blast . I feel sorry for those who only see Las Vegas for the junkets, don’t get me wrong I love them the Eiffel tower, volcano, fountains, shops and so on. For us Las Vegas is a feeling to get away from real life for a few day’s and just experience feeling special . Oh yeah, on the flight back reality sets in for some and the party atmosphere has dissipated. We don’t allow whining about losses and our comaradre prevails as we start talking about next years trip.
Leave a Comment Cancel reply
The Ultimate 4-Day Las Vegas Itinerary 2024 (Local’s Guide)
A World in Reach contains affiliate links. If you make a purchase through these links, I may receive a commission at no cost to you! Read my full disclosure here .
Ready to spend 4 days in Las Vegas? This 4-Day Las Vegas itinerary will help you plan out everything you need to do during the trip including recommendations on things to do, where to stay, where to eat, and more!
Planning your 4-Day Las Vegas Itinerary last minute?
No time to read the full itinerary? Here are some of Vegas’s top activities, tours, hotels, and more! Top Tours and Activities in Las Vegas : 1. “O” by Cirque du Soleil – the most popular Cirque du Soleil show in Las Vegas! 2. The Mob Museum – one of the best museums in Las Vegas 3. Hoover Dam Tour from Las Vegas – one of the most popular day trips from Las Vegas 4. Venetian Gondola Ride + Madame Tussauds – two iconic Vegas attractions for one price! Best Places to Stay in Las Vegas: 1. The Cosmopolitan – one of the top-rated hotels in Las Vegas 2. Horseshoe Las Vegas – affordable & perfectly located 3. Mandalay Bay – home to some of the best pools in Vegas
When you think of exciting US destinations for a quick getaway, Las Vegas is probably one of the first spots that comes to mind.
Las Vegas is world-famous for its gambling, nightlife, dining, and entertainment. With so many things to do, it’s the perfect destination for a getaway with your partner or a group of friends.
I’ve been lucky enough to visit Las Vegas twice, and both times I had a blast experiencing all that Sin City has to offer. But, with so many things to choose from, planning your Las Vegas itinerary can be super overwhelming!
To help with planning the perfect Las Vegas itinerary, Shannon from Three Days in Vegas put together this ultimate 4-Day Las Vegas itinerary. Shannon is a local who lived in Las Vegas for 10 years, so you could say she’s an expert on how to have the perfect trip to Sin City!
This Vegas itinerary was written with couples in mind, but you can easily tailor it for a trip with friends, family, or even a solo adventure!
Keep reading for tips on how to plan a perfect 4 days in Las Vegas, including a day-by-day itinerary, tips on where to stay and eat, and more helpful Las Vegas travel tips!
Table of Contents
The Ultimate 4-Day Las Vegas Itinerary
Welcome to the ultimate 4-Day Las Vegas Itinerary, where we guide you through diverse experiences ranging from stunning tourist attractions to vibrant nightlife!
Amidst your Vegas getaway, explore world-class entertainment and indulge in exquisite gourmet restaurants while making unforgettable memories.
Sin City offers more than just casinos, it is a treasure trove of culture, art, and amazing outdoor adventures.
Day 1: Explore the Las Vegas Strip
Kicking off your 4-day Las Vegas itinerary, you simply cannot miss exploring the iconic Las Vegas Strip.
Start at the south end at the Welcome to Las Vegas Sign and make your way north to discover a plethora of attractions that this world-famous destination has to offer.
This Day 1 itinerary gives you plenty of options to choose from – pick one or two attractions to visit, or check out all of them!
Welcome to Fabulous Las Vegas Sign
At this point I am sure you are dying to get exploring, so get started with a visit to the iconic Welcome to Fabulous Las Vegas Sign.
This historic landmark is considered by many as the official southern end of the famous Las Vegas Strip and is located across from Bali Hai Golf Club, one of two nearby golf courses.
There is usually a line to get pictures but it does move fast. On occasions, you might even get an opportunity to grab a pic with Elvis!
After grabbing some amazing photos at the sign (trust me when I say that these pictures are perfect for Instagram), head on up the strip to the next stop.
Shark Reef Aquarium at Mandalay Bay
Diving into the underwater world of exotic marine life, you’ll be in awe at the Shark Reef Aquarium at Mandalay Bay .
Located right up the Las Vegas Strip at the Mandalay Bay Hotel and Casino , this exciting aquatic adventure features over 2,000 animals and offers an interactive glimpse into some of the ocean’s most fascinating creatures.
To take our Las Vegas experience a level higher (or deeper?), sign up for the unforgettable Shark Reef Shark Feed program. This guided tour not only gives you exclusive access to explore behind-the-scenes how sharks feed but also allows you to feed the sharks!
⭐️ BOOK NOW: Shark Reef at Mandalay Bay
Titanic: The Artifact Exhibition at Luxor
When in Las Vegas, one must visit the Titanic: The Artifact Exhibition at Luxor .
This exhibition, located at the Luxor Hotel & Casino , displays over 250 authentic artifacts recovered from the wreck site of the infamous ocean liner, Titanic.
It also features recreations of famous rooms from the ship to give visitors a realistic feeling of what it was like aboard during its short maiden voyage. I found this exhibit both haunting and fascinating.
Walking through this museum is like stepping back in time, as you learn about the tragedy that happened on April 15th, 1912.
⭐️ Pre-book your Titanic: The Artifact Exhibition skip-the-line tickets!
Big Apple Coaster at New York-New York
The Big Apple Coaster at New York-New York is a must-visit for any thrill-seekers exploring the Las Vegas Strip.
This steel hyper roller coaster features a heartline twist and dive maneuver that offers an adrenaline rush like no other.
With speeds reaching over 67 mph and providing more than a 203 ft drop, it’s not for the faint of heart!
The ride begins with a steep incline that provides fantastic views of the strip before rushing down into twists, turns, and drops.
⭐️ Book your Big Apple Coaster tickets here!
Fountains of Bellagio
The Fountains of Bellagio, outside of the Bellagio Resort , is an iconic free Las Vegas attraction that should not be missed during your 4-day itinerary.
The water feature show features complex water displays set to music, and it’s completely free to watch.
It’s one of the must-see sights on The Strip, which has been dazzling visitors for over two decades.
Each show lasts for a specific amount of time ranging from three to five minutes, featuring different songs and effects designed to mesmerize spectators.
Pro tip: the show is best enjoyed at night when you can see both the fountains and their lights!
Gondola Rides at The Venetian
On Day 1 of your Las Vegas itinerary, be sure not to miss the romantic and enchanting gondola rides at The Venetian .
The authentic Venetian gondolas glide down the Grand Canal inside the resort, offering a unique and intimate experience for couples.
Each gondola can seat up to four people, but renting a private two-person boat will make it even more special.
The beautiful waterway tour will take you under bridges while being serenaded by your very own singing gondolier providing an unforgettable experience that you’ll cherish forever.
Don’t forget to admire the stunning architecture inspired by Venice and soak up all of its cultural details while on board.
You can purchase tickets in advance online , making it easy and convenient for you to include this must-visit attraction during your visit to the Las Vegas strip.
Dinner and a Show
By this point in the day, you are probably getting hungry and need a break from the crowds.
When it comes to the Las Vegas experience, there is nothing quite like a night out on the Strip.
There are plenty of options to choose from when it comes to shows on the Strip, including musicals, acrobatics, comedy acts, and more.
One popular choice is Cirque du Soleil’s “O” at the Bellagio Hotel , which combines aquatic elements with incredible feats of athleticism and stunning choreography.
Another fantastic option is The Beatles LOVE by Cirque du Soleil at The Mirage Hotel (soon to be Hard Rock) for those who enjoy classic rock music paired with jaw-dropping acrobatic stunts.
Many musicians also have residencies in Las Vegas, where they play several shows over a period of time at a Vegas venue. You can see all current and upcoming Las Vegas residencies here .
Here are some more of the most popular shows in Las Vegas:
⭐️ Michael Jackson ONE by Cirque du Soleil at Mandalay Bay ⭐️ Mystère by Cirque du Soleil at Treasure Island Hotel & Casino ⭐️ David Copperfield at the MGM Grand ⭐️ KÀ by Cirque du Soleil at the MGM Grand ⭐️ Penn & Teller at Rio
Day 2: Choose an Outdoor Adventure
On day two of your Las Vegas itinerary, it’s time to step away from the bustling casinos and immerse yourself in the exciting adventure and natural beauty surrounding Sin City.
You’ll be amazed at how many outdoor activities are at your fingertips within a short drive.
Discover amazing things to see at Red Rock Canyon or visit the Hoover Dam before experiencing the unbeatable nightlife.
Red Rock Canyon
Red Rock Canyon is a must-visit attraction for travelers who are looking to escape the chaos of Las Vegas and immerse themselves in natural beauty.
Red Rock Canyon is a nature lover’s dream located about a 30-minute drive from Las Vegas and a perfect spot to capture those Instagrammable moments.
The canyon is filled with diverse and colorful rock formations, natural beauty, and vivid colors that are sure to awaken your inner adventurer.
As outdoor recreation enthusiasts ourselves, we particularly recommend spending day two exploring and hiking Red Rock Canyon . The Calico Hills area and the Calico Tanks trail are ideal spots to hike, enjoy breathtaking views of the landscape, or indulge in some rock-climbing or other adventure activities.
Red Rock Canyon is under a half-hour drive from the Strip. If you don’t have a car while in Vegas, I recommend taking a tour that will pick you up from your hotel and drive you to Red Rock Canyon, where a guide will show you the best that the area has to offer.
⭐️ This is the best Red Rock Canyon tour from Vegas !
Visiting the Hoover Dam is another top pick for day 2.
Located on the Arizona-Nevada border, this massive structure was built during the Great Depression and provides hydroelectric power to both states.
While there, you can walk across the top of the dam and enjoy stunning views of the Colorado River below.
You can also explore other attractions nearby such as Boulder City, Lake Mead, and even take in the Mike O’Callaghan–Pat Tillman Memorial Bridge.
Visiting Hoover Dam makes for a memorable day trip from Las Vegas. Sign up for a guided tour to learn about its history and construction process or you can simply view it from afar at nearby lookout points for awe-inspiring views!
The Hoover Dam is about 45 minutes from Las Vegas. You’ll probably be able to get an Uber or Lyft there, but getting one to return to Vegas might be tricky! (Editor’s Note: I (Sydney) might have personal experience with this…)
Because of this, I highly recommend taking a guided tour to the Hoover Dam from Vegas if you don’t have access to a car.
I recommend this Hoover Dam tour from Vegas . It lasts about 3.5 hours, so you have plenty of time to both see the Hoover Dam and explore more of Vegas itself once you return. You can even add on a stop at the nearby Seven Magic Mountains!
If you want a more in-depth Hoover Dam experience, this 6.5-hour Hoover Dam tour from Vegas includes a guided tour of the Dam, a tour of the power plant, lunch, and more!
⭐️ This is my favorite Hoover Dam tour from Las Vegas !
Grand Canyon
Day 2 of your Las Vegas itinerary is all about outdoor adventures, and what better way to experience the natural wonders than by taking a trip to the Grand Canyon?
Tours for visiting the Grand Canyon from Las Vegas can be booked via helicopter (for the spendy travelers) or by jeep/van/bus and can be done as day trips or overnight stays.
Most of the day trips visit the West Rim of the Grand Canyon , which isn’t part of Grand Canyon National Park. The West Rim is home to the famous Grand Canyon Skywalk, the glass walkway that extends over the canyon’s rim.
Many of the Grand Canyon West Rim day trips also include a stop at Hoover Dam.
There are also full-day tours to the Grand Canyon South Rim from Las Vegas . These tours take you to some of the most beautiful viewpoints of the canyon located within Grand Canyon National Park.
⭐️ I recommend this Grand Canyon South Rim tour from Vegas
Check out the famous Las Vegas Nightlife
After a day of exploring some of the natural wonders around Vegas, you are probably ready for a drink!
You can’t leave without experiencing the city’s infamous nightlife. From sprawling nightclubs and rooftop bars to intimate lounges and live music venues, Las Vegas has it all.
If you’re looking for high-energy dance floors and celebrity DJs, check out Hakkasan at MGM Grand or XS at Encore.
For a more subdued setting with craft cocktails and sophisticated vibes, head over to The Chandelier Bar or Vesper Bar at The Cosmopolitan.
Whatever your preference may be, Las Vegas promises an unforgettable night out on the town!
Day 3: Explore Downtown Las Vegas
On day 3 of our Las Vegas itinerary, you’ll immerse yourself in the city’s vibrant art and culture scene.
Even though Sin City is primarily known for its over-the-top entertainment and glitzy casinos, there’s a hidden gem that lies beneath it all – the thriving world of museums and galleries.
Explore the vibrant side of Las Vegas by checking out some of the best things to do in downtown Las Vegas , such as Fremont Street, 18b Arts District, Mob Museum, Neon Museum, and Area 15.
Fremont Street Experience
On Day 3 of your Las Vegas itinerary, be sure to explore Fremont Street in downtown Las Vegas.
Known as the Glitter Gulch, this pedestrian walkway offers an unforgettable experience with its overhead LED canopy that spans across five blocks.
One of the highlights of your trip will likely be experiencing the Fremont Street Experience light show once night falls.
As you gaze up at the incredible display, complete with music and special effects, you’ll feel like you’re in a different world altogether.
18b Arts District
Another fun thing to do on your third day in Vegas is explore the 18b Arts District, located just over a mile from downtown Las Vegas.
The district’s name comes from its original development as an 18-block area dedicated to supporting local artists and art lovers alike.
The district is easily walkable, especially during favorable weather conditions, offering you the chance to discover numerous galleries featuring works by local artists.
We also enjoyed exploring the murals on buildings and walls around the area that showcase some of the most impressive street art we’ve ever seen.
The 18b also has some great vintage clothing stores to explore, cool bars, and one of the hottest food scenes in Las Vegas.
Seeing so many people come together to support this budding creative community in Las Vegas was fantastic.
This 18b Crawl tour , led by a local guide, is a great way to see more of the district.
The Mob Museum
While in Downtown Las Vegas, check out the Mob Museum to learn about organized crime history in America.
This unique museum focuses on the history of organized crime and law enforcement in America, with an emphasis on Las Vegas.
Don’t miss out on visiting their Distillery or Speakeasy while you’re there for a truly immersive experience. This will be one of the highlights of your trip!
⭐️ Book admission tickets to The Mob Museum here!
Neon Museum
We visited the Neon Museum during our exploration of downtown Las Vegas, and it was one of the best experiences on our trip.
The outdoor exhibition space showcases over 200 retired signs from vintage casinos and businesses across town, providing a unique peek into old Vegas.
What we loved about the Neon Museum was not just its historical value but also its artistic appeal.
Walking among these colorful vintage signs under the bright blue sky made us feel like we were in an outdoor art gallery. It was as if each sign had its own story to tell.
The guided tour was informative and engaging, giving us insight into how this nonprofit organization salvages and restores vintage Vegas neon.
I highly recommend visiting at night when the restored electric lights come alive, creating a surreal atmosphere that will leave you awestruck.
Tickets often sell out, so booking in advance is highly recommended.
As young adults exploring Las Vegas, you don’t want to miss out on AREA15, an immersive entertainment and events district located in downtown Las Vegas.
The futuristic architecture and open space concept make it a unique shopping destination that offers a surreal experience.
Make sure to stop by Meow Wolf’s Omega Mart , a store that puts a surrealist twist on traditional grocery stores making for an unforgettable shopping adventure.
It boasts of unique shopping opportunities with hidden “experience rooms” scattered throughout the aisles.
⭐️ Book your Omega Mart tickets here!
Day 4 in Las Vegas: Relax!
After three action-packed days of exploring in and around Las Vegas, day 4 of your Las Vegas itinerary is all about relaxation and fun activities.
Take advantage of the many entertainment options that Las Vegas has to offer, or head to one of the many luxury spas for a relaxing massage or facial.
Treat yourself to a Spa Visit
After three full days of exploring the Las Vegas Strip and enjoying outdoor adventures, it’s time to relax and pamper yourselves on day four.
Las Vegas is home to some of the best spas in the world, offering a wide range of services from massages to beauty treatments and aromatherapy.
Guests can choose from various massage therapies such as Swedish massage, deep tissue massage, hot stone massage, or even opt for a romantic couples’ massage.
The Wynn Spa offers a unique “Lily Pad” experience where guests can rent their own private cabana by the pool while indulging in spa treatments.
If you want something more intimate, you could try out some of the most romantic couples’ massages in Las Vegas like Couple’s Dessert Stone Indulgence or Good Luck Ritual – both offered at The Wynn.
Most of the spas at the resorts on the Strip are pretty pricey, but you can find more affordable places. The Spa at the LINQ has prices a bit closer to what you might pay outside of Vegas. You can also frequently find Las Vegas spa deals on Groupon .
Relax at one of the amazing Las Vegas Pools
There’s no better way to soak up the Las Vegas sun than by lounging at one of the amazing pools.
One of my favorite picks is the Boulevard Pool at Cosmopolitan . This hotel boasts a rooftop pool surrounded by plunge pools with a serene environment overlooking the strip and perfect for relaxing as a couple.
If you’re looking for something more lively, Caesars Palace has the Garden of the Gods Pool Oasis with seven different pool experiences – from swim-up blackjack tables to luxurious daybeds with personalized service.
Most Vegas resorts sell pool passes so that you can visit even if you’re not staying at the resort.
If you want to party a bit more, consider visiting one of the Vegas Day Clubs or pool parties !
Enjoy a Final Dinner
As your 4 day Las Vegas trip comes to a close, there’s nothing better than enjoying a delicious dinner as you wind down your trip.
Las Vegas is renowned for its world-class restaurants, offering everything from classic American fare to international cuisine.
Many of the restaurants on the Strip are expensive, but you can treat yourself to a special dinner at a reasonable price.
For a delicious meal that won’t break the bank, check out Chin Chin , a great Chinese restaurant in the MGM that’s among the top-rated restaurants on the Strip. Here, you’ll find delicious food, great drinks, and a nice atmosphere – all at a great price.
For a really special experience, make a reservation at L’Atelier de Joël Robuchon in the MGM Grand. This restaurant serves French cuisine and even has a Michelin star, but the prices are much less than what you’ll find at Vegas’s other Michelin-starred restaurants.
4 Days in Las Vegas: Top Las Vegas Travel Tips
Ready to start planning the details of your Las Vegas trip? Here are some helpful Las Vegas travel tips!
When to Visit Las Vegas
Las Vegas is a year-round destination, but there are times when it’s better to visit Sin City than others.
Here are the ideal times to plan a trip to Las Vegas:
- Spring (February – April): This season brings mild temperatures and fewer crowds, making it an excellent time to explore outdoor attractions like Red Rock Canyon or Hoover Dam. You can also time your visit so that it’s over spring break !
- Fall (September – November): Similar to spring, autumn features beautiful weather conditions and less crowded tourist destinations. It’s an ideal time for sightseeing trips and exploring the city’s top attractions.
- Summer (June – August): Summer is the peak season in Las Vegas as many people choose this period for their vacation. However, do expect high temperatures that can sometimes rise above 100 degrees Fahrenheit during the daytime.
- Winter (December – January): Although winter temperatures are mild compared to other parts of the country, they can be too cold for some visitors looking forward to enjoying outdoor activities in Las Vegas.
- Major Events: When planning a trip to Las Vegas, consider the city’s busy events calendar and schedule accordingly. Popular events like New Year’s Eve, Super Bowl Weekend, and Fourth of July attract huge crowds making it hard to secure good accommodation options at affordable rates.
Celebratory events, like a 21st birthday , a bachelor or bachelorette party, or an engagement are also great times to plan a trip to Las Vegas!
Las Vegas has something for everyone throughout the year no matter when you prefer traveling here; however, choosing the right time means you get optimal weather patterns whilst avoiding peak periods with expensive rates that may put a dent in your budget.
Where to Stay in Las Vegas
Looking for accommodation options in Las Vegas? Here are some recommendations to consider:
The Bellagio
⭐️ Rating: 8.6/10
Known for its luxury and iconic fountain show, offers spacious rooms with beautiful views of the city.
⭐️ Check prices and availability at The Bellagio
The Cosmopolitan
⭐️ Rating: 9/10
This trendy hotel is perfect for young adults looking to experience the night scene in Las Vegas. It features an energetic atmosphere, DJs, and rooftop pools.
⭐️ Check prices and availability at The Cosmopolitan
ARIA Resort & Casino
⭐️ Rating: 8.4/10
With modern decor and a central location on the Strip, this hotel is perfect for travelers who want to explore the city’s most popular attractions.
⭐️ Check prices and availability at ARIA Resort & Casino
Mandalay Bay Resort and Casino
⭐️ Rating: 8.2/10
Mandalay Bay is one of the best hotels in Las Vegas if you’re looking to relax by the pool. This resort features an artificial beach with wave pools and lazy river rides.
⭐️ Check prices and availability at Mandalay Bay
The Venetian Resort
⭐️ Rating: 8.8/10
For travelers who love Italian-inspired architecture, The Venetian offers elegant suites styled after Venice’s canals. It also has several high-end dining options and a casino attached.
⭐️ Check prices and availability at The Venetian
Horseshoe Las Vegas
⭐️ Rating: 7.8/10
If you’re looking for a more budget-friendly place to stay in Las Vegas, look no further than Horseshoe (formerly Bally’s). It’s not the fanciest place to stay, but it’s perfectly located in the middle of the Strip, the rooms are nice and clean, and the rates are great!
⭐️ Check prices and availability at Horseshoe Las Vegas
Remember to book ahead of time as hotels in Las Vegas tend to fill up quickly!
Another important thing to keep in mind when booking your Las Vegas hotel: most of the hotels charge a daily resort fee , so make sure to account for that in your budget.
A nightly rate might look low, but you’ll likely have to add on a $24-$45 daily resort fee to that price.
This website does a great job of keeping an updated list of Las Vegas resort fees.
Getting Around Las Vegas
Navigating Las Vegas can be overwhelming, but there are several options for getting around the city without breaking the bank. Here are some tips:
- Public Transportation – The RTC (Regional Transportation Commission) offers several bus routes throughout the city, including the Deuce which runs along the Las Vegas Strip. A 24-hour pass costs $8 and a 3-day pass costs $20, making it an affordable option for those on a budget.
- Ride Sharing – Services like Uber and Lyft are popular in Las Vegas and provide a convenient way to get around the city. Fares vary depending on the distance traveled, but it is typically more expensive than public transportation.
- Las Vegas Monorail – The Las Vegas Monorail connects several major hotels and attractions along the Strip. A single ride starts at $5 and day passes start at $13.
- Walking – Depending on where you’re staying and what activities you have planned, walking can be a great way to get some exercise while exploring the city.
- Rental Car – You definitely don’t need a rental car in Las Vegas as both public transportation and ride-sharing are convenient for getting around. But if you want a rental to take a day trip, or if you’re visiting Vegas as part of a longer road trip and are renting a car for that, Discover Cars is the best site for finding the best price and booking rentals.
4-Day Las Vegas Itinerary: Frequently Asked Questions
Is 4 days enough in vegas.
Spending 4 days in Las Vegas is the perfect amount of time to experience the city! You’ll be able to hit the top sights on the Strip and Downtown, check out the nightlife, and go on an outdoor adventure or two.
How to pack for 4 days in Vegas?
When planning your Vegas packing list, make sure to include comfortable walking shoes, a nicer outfit for dinner or going out, a jacket for chilly nights, a swimsuit, flip-flops for the pool, sunscreen, a hat, sunglasses, and your government-issued ID so you can get into the bars and casinos!
How much money do you need in Vegas for 4 days?
Vegas isn’t the cheapest destination. It can be done cheaply, but spending a bit more will give you a better experience. It can also be quite expensive depending on where you eat and stay! For a mid-range Vegas budget, plan on about $200 a day.
4 Days in Las Vegas: Wrap-Up
Las Vegas is the perfect destination for a 4-day trip with your friends, family, or significant other.
With so much to see and do, it can be overwhelming to plan an itinerary. However, this 4-day Las Vegas itinerary offers some of the best experiences in Las Vegas for young travelers.
From exploring the famous Strip and enjoying gourmet dining options to outdoor adventures like hiking at Red Rock Canyon or visiting the Hoover Dam, there’s something for everyone to enjoy.
After traveling outside of the US for the first time while studying abroad, I quickly developed a love for travel and an obsession for exploring as much of the world as possible. Now, I'm on a mission to teach college students, young adults, and anyone else who wants to see the world how to travel while minimizing their expenses and maximizing their experiences.
- Visit Liverpool
- Visit The U.K.
- Other Destinations
- Ella In The Media
- Work With Me!
5 Days in Las Vegas Itinerary For First Timers
- May 11, 2023
There is a good chance that this post contains affiliate links. If you make a purchase through them, I may receive a small commission at no extra cost to you! As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. As ever, all opinions are my own.
Las Vegas is thrilling and fascinating in equal measure, and this 5 days in Vegas itinerary is the perfect way to cover off all of the cityâs best bits on your trip.
Thereâs just something about Las Vegas. The flashing lights, the glitz, the glamour , and yes â even the tackiness. A trip here is the only way to find out for yourself what makes Las Vegas so special.
I recently spent six days in Las Vegas, but since one full day was spent sleeping off jet lag by the pool, I only really spent five days in the city. It was my second trip to Vegas, and boy, did it deliver!
This post is a labour of love â itâs taken me forever to plan and plot out the perfect 5 day Vegas itinerary for you, avoiding the mistakes that I made, so that you can have a hassle-free, unforgettable trip. And itâs been a joy.
I love writing about Las Vegas travel!
Table of Contents
5 Day Las Vegas Itinerary Overview
Hereâs what to do in Vegas for 5 days:
Day 1 : High Roller, Flamingo, Bellagio Fountains & Paris Day 2 : Gold & Silver Pawn Shop, Mob Museum, Neon Museum, Fremont Street & Arts District Day 3 : Grand Canyon Day Trip Day 4 : New York New York, Excalibur, Luxor, Mandalay Bay, Las Vegas Sign & A Show Day 5 : Venetian, Caesarâs Palace, National Atomic Testing Museum & Pool Time!
5 Days in Las Vegas Itinerary
Stop 1: check in and relax by the pool.
Ideally, youâll find a flight that lands in the morning so that you can hit the ground running with this five days in Las Vegas itinerary. If not, though, I recommend landing the night before so that you can fit in a full day of sightseeing.
Itâll take some time to get to your accommodation from the airport and check in (you can find out how to get to the Las Vegas hotels from the airport later in this post), so Iâve left your first morning free.
If you arrived in Las Vegas the previous night, this is the perfect time to recover from that flight by spending a couple of hours poolside at your hotel.
Stop 2: The High Roller
Once youâre ready to venture out, the first stop on your 5 day trip to Vegas should be the High Roller, the 550-foot Ferris Wheel overlooking the Las Vegas Strip. Youâll enjoy spectacular views of some of the cityâs most famous landmarks from the top.
Vegas has a reputation for its nightlife, but there are actually more things to do in Las Vegas during the day than you could shake a stick at!
A ride on the High Roller is the ideal way to orientate yourself in Las Vegas and get excited for all of the incredible attractions youâre about to see on this five day itinerary! The ride lasts around 30 minutes .
Want to get the party started? Thereâs a bar you have access to during your journey if you want to grab a couple of drinks . Stops like this are what makes this such a good Vegas itinerary for couples.
Youâll need tickets to ride the High Roller. Tickets cost $26, and you can get yours here!
Stop 3: The Flamingo
With your feet back on the ground itâs time to make your way over to the Flamingo. Itâs far from the glitziest hotel or casino in Las Vegas, but weâre here for one reason and one reason only â to see the cute flamingos !
Thatâs right â the Flamingo actually has its very own wildlife habitat, where you can see real flamingos for free .
As well as the flamingos, youâll also come across beautiful streams, waterfalls and turtles in the wildlife habitat! This is one of the coolest free things to do in Las Vegas.
Stop 4: Bellagio Fountains
The Bellagio Fountains are one of the most iconic attractions in Las Vegas , and you canât miss seeing one of the many fountain displays here during your five days in Las Vegas.Â
Youâll find the Bellagio Fountains outside the Bellagio Hotel, but unless thereâs a display going on they just look like a fairly unassuming stretch of water.
You can visit during day or night, but thereâs no doubt about it â this is one of the best things to do in Las Vegas at night.
The good news is, the Bellagio Water Show takes place frequently, so youâll never have to wait too long. Show times vary, but in general they run daily every 30 minutes from 3pm until 6:30pm, and every 15 minutes after this until midnight.
Thereâs nothing like seeing the Bellagio Fountains in person â theyâre breathtaking!
Stop 5: Paris & The Eiffel Tower
Next up is Las Vegasâ very own Eiffel Tower, which youâll find at the Paris Hotel.
As well as a replica Eiffel Tower , which is approximately half the size of the real thing, youâll find a replica Arc de Triomphe and the famous Paris balloon , which is one of the best Instagram spots in Las Vegas!
Once youâve taken in the sights from the ground itâs time to head inside the Paris Hotel & Casino to take the elevator to the top of the Eiffel Tower! Youâll need tickets to be able to do this, which you can purchase here , and itâs well worth it!
The views you get over Las Vegas from the top are spectacular, and you can even see the Bellagio Fountains show from up here!
Stop 1: Gold & Silver Pawn Shop
You have time this morning to have a lie-in and a leisurely breakfast before heading out to explore. Today, weâre heading north of the Las Vegas Strip.
To break up the journey, I have a suggestion â the World Famous Gold & Silver Pawn Shop ! If youâve ever seen the show Pawn Stars , this is the shop where the show is filmed.Â
Iâve included this as a stop on your Las Vegas 5 day itinerary because itâs always cool to visit a place youâve seen on TV! Obviously, though, if you havenât seen the TV show you probably wonât care and can just skip this stop.
Want to know more about visiting the Pawn Stars Shop? Great â I have a full guide on what to expect when visiting !
Stop 2: Mob Museum
As a museum person, let me tell you â this is one of the best museums ever . Period. Itâs SO fascinating, and incredibly informative. There are some wild artefacts and exhibitions here.Â
If youâre interested in learning about the shady origins of Las Vegas, and how the mob, as well as other organised crime groups, formed and operated (and still operateâŠ), you really canât miss this.
Itâs kitschy, sure. Youâll be greeted at the door by a guy muttering â hey, how ya doin ââ in a classic New York mobster accent, but itâs a hell of a lot of fun, and educational!
We spent around three hours here, but we really took our time. For an average visit, you need to spend around two hours in the Mob Museum.
If you have extra time to spare or feel like taking a break, I recommend the Mob Museumâs underground speakeasy bar . The drinks here are great, the theme is on point, and itâs the perfect way to extend your mobster experience.
Click here to get your Mob Museum tickets!
Stop 3: Neon Museum
Every day from 2pm the iconic Neon Museum opens its doors to visitors. This nonprofit organisation is home to over 200 rescued neon signs from some of Las Vegasâ most memorable properties and events.Â
The Neon Museumâs goal is to collect and preserve the neon signs of Las Vegas once theyâre decommissioned. Itâs one of the best places to visit in Las Vegas for awesome photos. Itâs more of a great photo opportunity than an actual museum.
You need to book your tickets to the Neon Museum as early as you can â at least a few days, but ideally a few weeks! This is one of the attractions in Las Vegas that does get booked up, so you need to book in advance .
Stop 4: Fremont Street Experience
Just a short walk away from the Mob Museum is the Fremont Street Experience, which is, ahem⊠certainly an experience . Fremont Street is the wild, unruly cousin of the Las Vegas Strip , where there are pretty much no rules and everybody is out to have a good time.Â
Despite being one of the top party destinations in Las Vegas, you definitely donât need to be partying to explore Fremont Street.
In fact, Iâd say that exploring Fremont Street sober is even more fun because youâll hardly believe all of the craziness youâre witnessing!
The huge pedestrian mall of the Fremont Street Experience is underneath a canopy that, from dusk every night, is lit up with over 12.5 million LED lights to project different shows onto the ceiling.
Youâll also notice people soaring through the air on the Fremont Street Zipline , which is a great thing to do if youâre feeling adventurous.
Stop 5: Arts District
The Arts District is the hipster area of Las Vegas , and itâs one of the most fun places to eat, drink and be merry!
Thereâs no need for a dress and heels here. In fact, you can come exactly as you are after a full day of sightseeing. Jeans and trainers are the outfit of choice here.
Craft Breweries are absolutely everywhere in the Arts District, and you canât go wrong with any of them. Theyâre amazing, and the beer here is much cheaper than the beer on the Las Vegas Strip!
The Arts District is where the locals go to hang out and party in Las Vegas, so the vibe is far more chill than on the Strip or Fremont Street.
The Arts District is also a great place to visit in Las Vegas for foodies . From sushi, to BBQ, to Mexican food, youâll find an independent restaurant serving it in the Arts District, and itâll taste epic. Youâre welcome.
Day Trip to Grand Canyon West
Las Vegasâ proximity to so many beautiful natural landmarks is something you should take advantage of during your trip!
To do this, I recommend adding a day trip to the Grand Canyon to your 5 days in Las Vegas itinerary.Â
Even if youâve already visited the Grand Canyon, itâs worth another visit since itâs just so awesome (Iâve been twice now!). If youâre looking for something different, though, check out this day tour to Bryce and Zion National Parks or this tour to Death Valley .
Anyway, back to the Grand Canyon. Youâll notice that there are a few different options for Grand Canyon Tours â the Grand Canyon West Rim or the Grand Canyon South Rim.Â
I recommend visiting the Grand Canyon West Rim , which is what I did, and I went on this amazing tour . I HIGHLY recommend it!Â
The reason I recommend the West Rim is because itâs the closest to Las Vegas , which means less time spent on the road and more time exploring the Grand Canyon.
Itâs also much quieter than the South Rim since the West Rim isnât technically inside the National Park area. Itâs still unbelievably beautiful, but you get to enjoy its beauty with far fewer crowds .
The Grand Canyon North Rim is around 5 hours away from Las Vegas, so thatâs too far to visit on a day trip. The South Rim is around 4 hours away, making for a very long day of travel, and the West Rim is just 2 hours away from Las Vegas .
Thereâs an obvious winner!
Click here to book your tour to Grand Canyon West Rim from Las Vegas!
Stop 1: New York New York Hotel
The first stop on day 4 of this Las Vegas itinerary is one of the most famous hotels in Vegas â New York New York! This epic hotel, which has an exterior that looks like the New York Skyline , is a whole lot of fun to walk around and explore.
As well as taking your photo in front of the Statue of Liberty outside the hotel, itâs worth heading inside.
Here, youâll find shops and restaurants in recreated versions of New York streets . Wandering around here is like exploring a Disneyland version of New York, without the awful weather!
Once youâve explored the New York sights, head to the Big Apple Arcade. If youâre a thrill-seeker, take a ride on the Big Apple Coaster, which loops through the mock skyscrapers high up in the sky.
A ride on the coaster costs $28, and you can get your tickets here .
Stop 2: Excalibur
Just next door to New York New York is the mediaeval-themed Excalibur hotel , which looks like a fairytale castle! Complete with brightly-coloured towers and a drawbridge, Excalibur perfectly encapsulates the fun tackiness of Las Vegas.
Once youâve snapped some photos of the outside, itâs time to head in to check out Excaliburâs Fun Dungeon. Here, youâll find over 200 old-school fun park games such as skeeball.
If youâre visiting Vegas with kids, Excaliburâs Fun Dungeon is the perfect addition to your 5 days in Las Vegas itinerary.
Stop 3: Titanic: The Artifact Exhibition at the Luxor
Next door to the Excalibur is the Egyptian-themed Luxor hotel , which is the shape of a pyramid! To enter, youâll need to walk past the sphynx and huge sandstone obelisk, engraved with hieroglyphics. Cool!
Once inside, youâre greeted with a fairly normal-feeling (for Vegas, at least) hotel and casino floor. The reason a trip to the Luxor Hotel is on this itinerary, though, is for the world-class exhibits held here.Â
There are a few different exhibitions to choose from, including BodiesâŠThe Exhibition and the Discovering King Tutâs Tomb Exhibition , but the most famous by far is Titanic: The Artifact Exhibition.
If you have even a passing interest in the Titanic I highly recommend visiting here to see some of the incredible artefacts brought up from the wreck site!Â
The exhibition is home to over 250 artefacts and a few recreations of the rooms in the Titanic. This includes a recreation of the iconic Titanic staircase where Jack and Rose reunite at the end of the Titanic movie.
Thereâs no doubt about it â this is one of the coolest places to visit in Las Vegas.
Click here to g e t your tickets to Titanic: The Artifact Exhibition!
Stop 4: Mandalay Bay Hotel
The golden and glistening Mandalay Bay Hotel exudes luxury, with its lush tropical gardens and water features just adding to the allure.
Inside, youâll find one of the most peaceful and spacious casinos in Las Vegas, but the main reason you should come here is for the famous Shark Reef Aquarium .Â
The immersive, overhead tanks here are some of the largest in the USA, and youâll find all manner of exotic sharks and fish here. Thereâs even a section where youâre allowed to dip your hand into the tank to touch a stingray, and a massive shipwreck!
If that wasnât enough, entry to the Shark Reef Aquarium also includes a VR swim with sharks experience. Get your tickets here!
Stop 5: Welcome to Fabulous Las Vegas Sign
Visiting the âWelcome to Fabulous Las Vegas Nevadaâ sign is one of the best things to do in Vegas besides casinos! This iconic sign, which was erected in 1959 , has become a symbol of the city.
It was added to the National Register of Historic Places in 2009.
Getting a photo at the Welcome to Las Vegas Sign is a must-do for your trip to the city, but you may have to queue for a while to get that photo.Â
Some people recommend getting there super early, at around 6am, to get a shot without other people in the background, but that really isnât necessary.
Since most people abide by the queue system you can get a photo of yourself with the Las Vegas sign no matter what time of day you visit it.
For more info, read my top tips for visiting the Las Vegas Sign !
Stop 6: A Las Vegas Show
Las Vegas is famous the world over for its mind-blowing array of epic shows , and tonightâs the night to check one out!
Of course, if this is what youâre into, youâll definitely have time during a 5 day trip to Las Vegas to see more than one show. That said, tickets are very expensive , so unless youâre a âshowâ person, just stick to one.
Most Las Vegas shows rotate, so itâs hard to make specific recommendations, but The Blue Man Group have been a Las Vegas staple for years, and thereâs always at least one Cirque du Soleil performance going on in Vegas.
Stop 1: The Venetian
Wah! Unfortunately, itâs the final day on this 5 days in Las Vegas itinerary. Before you go, though, there are just a few more things to do and see to round off your trip.Â
The first stop should be The Venetian hotel . Youâll know youâre in the right place when you see gondolas riding down canals, and some replica Venetian towers.
Inside, explore one of the best malls in Las Vegas, the Grand Canal Shoppes , and marvel at the replica Venetian squares.Â
If youâre willing to queue and have cash to splash, youâre even able to get on board a gondola to take a ride through the hotelâs canals.
Itâs such a Vegas experience.
Stop 2: Caesarâs Palace
Much like The Venetian, Caesarâs Palace is also a huge hotel home to a massive luxury mall, but here itâs decorated in an ancient Roman theme.
The Forum mall is a fabulous place to splash some cash whilst enjoying the air conditioning, but even if youâre travelling to Las Vegas on a budget itâs worth visiting. Exploring the forum is one of the best affordable things to do in Vegas.
You can wander around for free marvelling at the marble statues and water features. It almost feels like Rome!
Stop 3: National Atomic Testing Museum
The final stop on this 5 days in Las Vegas itinerary is one of the cityâs best museums â the National Atomic Testing Museum.Â
Las Vegas is full of unique and fascinating museums, and the National Atomic Testing Museum is no exception. Here, youâll learn all about the Atomic Age , which took place from WW2 until the 1992 international ban on atomic testing.
The museum delves deep into Nevadaâs role in atomic testing and the past, present and future of nuclear weapons. Inside, youâll get to experience a terrifying simulation of what it is like to witness an atomic test .
Youâll also check out thought-provoking artefacts such as a personal atomic weapon, which is designed to fit inside a backpack, and two pieces of the World Trade Center.Â
Entry costs $29 and you can buy your tickets on the museumâs website or at the door.
Stop 4: Pool Time!
Since we donât know what time your flight will depart, Iâve put in an afternoon of pool time to round off your 5 days in Las Vegas. Itâs time to get some relaxation in before you return home.
If you follow this itinerary, Iâm confident that youâll have an unforgettable 5 days in Las Vegas, and youâll be planning your next trip here before you even step on the plane home!
With the itinerary section of this post complete, here is some additional information that will help you to plan your trip.
Extra Travel Information For Your 5 Days in Las Vegas Itinerary
Where to stay in las vegas.
Vegas isnât just a playground for the rich â anybody can have a great time in the city of sin. Yes, even budget travellers! Here are my recommendations of where to stay in Vegas for those of us who arenât millionaires.
If youâre on an extreme budget, or travelling solo and want to meet others, thereâs no better place to stay than Vegasâ top-rated hostel .
Located just minutes away from Fremont Street and the hipster Arts District, this is an awesome spot to base yourself for sightseeing.
The hostel runs numerous social events each week so that everybody gets to know each other, and a bed in a dorm room costs just $29!
Click here to check availability & latest prices!
Budget Hotel
If youâre looking for that iconic Las Vegas experience, there are a few famous hotels on the Las Vegas Strip that have surprisingly good deals. I recommend checking out The Luxor and The Excalibur .
These are themed hotels in Vegas that often have rooms available for under $100 per night!
If neither of these hotels have good deals for your dates, try this budget hotel just off the Strip. Itâs usually one of the most affordable (whilst still being decent) hotels in Vegas and has a pool!
Word of warning â Circus Circus also has a cool theme and very low prices, so itâs tempting to stay there if youâre on a budget.
However I, personally, havenât heard a single good thing about it from people who have stayed there.
Complaints include a lack of hot water, dirty rooms, broken elevators and rude staff. Thatâs just what Iâve heard, thoughâŠ
Mid-Range Hotel
In my opinion, a trip to Las Vegas without pool time is nothing short of a sin! If youâre looking for a good-quality hotel with a pool that doesnât hold wild parties, look no further than the great hotel I stayed at .
This is where I stayed, and it was absolutely perfect, located right between Fremont Street and the Vegas Strip.
You can get to both in just a few minutes but the resort is away from the Vegas madness and the perfect place to relax and recover from the crazy pace of a trip to the city!
How to Get to Las Vegas From Las Vegas Airport
To get to your hotel in Las Vegas, whether that be on the Strip or Fremont Street, the most convenient way by far is by taking a taxi . If you have a travel companion itâs also not too expensive.
Uber and Lyft are the cheapest if surge pricing isnât on, and we got from our hotel to the airport for around $13.
However, we landed at night, and surge pricing was on, meaning that it was going to cost us around $60 to get from the airport to our hotel with a rideshare app! If youâre in a similar situation, fear not.
The airport has fixed rates with the airport taxis . Depending on where your hotel is located, youâll pay either $19, $23, or $27. Take this option if the rideshare apps are quoting extortionate prices!
There is a public bus from Las Vegas airport , the 109, which departs from Terminal 1. If you land at a different terminal there is a free shuttle to take you to Terminal 1.
The 109 will take you to the South Strip Transfer Station, where youâll then catch the Deuce Bus which runs up and down the strip. The journey will cost you $6.
Getting Around Las Vegas
Iâve read so many different blog posts that say you need to hire a car in Las Vegas, but thatâs simply not true. Itâs actually very easy to get around Las Vegas without a car using public transport!
The Deuce Bus runs up and down the Strip to Fremont Street and the Arts District 24 hours a day. The buses are pretty frequent (around every 10 minutes ).Â
It costs $20 for a three-day pass and $8 for a 24-hour pass, which is great value considering how much youâll use it. You can buy tickets on the bus but, for ease, I recommend downloading the RTC App and purchasing your ticket on that.
When is the Best Time to Visit Las Vegas?
In terms of weather, the best time to visit Las Vegas is from March until early June , and from September until November .
In these months the weather will be mostly warm without getting unbearably hot or too cold to enjoy some of the most iconic Vegas attractions.
If youâre visiting Las Vegas in summer, itâll be very hot, but provided youâre prepared for that and build time into your itinerary to rest and recover from the heat youâll still have a great trip!
How Many Days in Las Vegas is Enough?
If youâre wondering how many days youâll need in Las Vegas, youâre not alone. This totally depends on what youâre looking for, whether or not itâs your first time in Las Vegas , and how much relaxing you want to do.
For first-timers, five days is the ideal amount of time to spend in Las Vegas .
With five days in Vegas, you have enough time to explore the city and its main attractions, go on a day trip, relax by the pool, and, of course, do some partying!
If youâre crunched for time, you could probably squeeze all the highlights into a three day Vegas itinerary, but youâd have to skip taking a day trip, lounging by the pool and partying.
It would be a very busy three days in Vegas!
Is Las Vegas Worth Visiting?
Las Vegas is definitely worth visiting â thereâs nowhere else on Earth quite like it.Â
Even if you think Las Vegas is definitely not for you, youâll probably be surprised when you get there. Las Vegas is for everybody!
Whether youâre looking to spend a fortune and party the night away, or just enjoy relaxing by the pool and checking out a few world-class museums, Vegas will deliver.
FAQs About Spending 5 Days in Las Vegas
What is the Most Beautiful Casino in Las Vegas?
Many of Las Vegasâ casinos are beautiful, but Caesarâs Palace probably has to take the top spot. Thereâs a reason that tonnes of celebrities such as Elton John and Celine Dion play here when theyâre in town!
My personal favourite was Mandalay Bay because it was so quiet and calm.
What is the Cheapest Time to Go to Las Vegas?
The weeks leading up to Christmas are almost always the cheapest time to go to Las Vegas. Flights, hotels and activities during this period have some of the cheapest rates of the year. Thatâs because many people view Christmas as âfamily timeâ and Las Vegas, on the whole, isnât really a âfamily destinationâ.
Can you Do a Day Drip from Las Vegas to the Grand Canyon?
Absolutely! The Grand Canyon National Park itself is slightly too far to visit on a day trip from Las Vegas, but you can easily visit the Grand Canyon West Rim, slightly outside the National Park, on a day trip from Vegas. Itâs beautiful!
What is the Best Location to Stay in Las Vegas?
The best place to stay in Las Vegas is on the Las Vegas Strip, ideally at the Hilton Grand Vacations on the Las Vegas Strip . Itâs on the northern end of the Strip, in a fairly safe area but away from the chaos, and itâs roughly halfway between Fremont Street and the main part of the Strip.
Ella Moore is the founder of Many More Maps. Growing up just 45 minutes away from Liverpool, Ella has spent years exploring the city inside out. In her teenage years, she was introduced to the music of The Beatles, and the rest, they say, is history! Today, she stands as a leading authority on Beatles tourism in Liverpool, helping over 40,000 people a month to plan their dream trip to the city.
You May Also Like
Perfect Salem Itinerary (+15 Epic Things To Do in Salem, MA!)
- September 9, 2023
How to Get Around Las Vegas Without a Car Effortlessly!
- July 2, 2023
11 Wonderful Day Trips from Boston Without a Car!
- May 4, 2023
First Time in Vegas? 21 Insider Travel Tips You Need To Know
- April 26, 2023
2 Days in Boston Itinerary: The Perfect Boston Weekend Getaway!
- April 23, 2023
Top Tips to Ace Your Visit to the Las Vegas Sign (2024)
- February 2, 2023
Insiderâs Guide: How to Visit the Pawn Stars Shop in Vegas
- January 18, 2023
Is Salem Worth Visiting? 8 Pros and Cons of Visiting Salem, MA
- October 6, 2022
Input your search keywords and press Enter.
THE ULTIMATE ITINERARY FOR A 4-DAY VEGAS TRIP
Cheers to my first travel blog post of 2024! We recently got back from a quick trip to kick off the new year, and I am feeling so refreshed and excited for the year ahead!
We decided to go big or go home this year and decided on a quick couples’ trip to Vegas! Weâve been a couple of times now and itâs always so much fun. In an ideal world, we would do this trip every single year, but it had been 3 years since weâve gone to Vegas before this past trip, so hopefully, we can work up to thatđ
We love Vegas because itâs so lively, the food is amazing, and the atmosphere of being in such a busy place is unlike anything we are used to in our daily life in Austin. There really is SO much to do, it can almost be a bit overwhelming, so I wanted to round up some of our favorite spots in Vegas into the ultimate 4-Day Vegas Trip Itinerary if you are planning a quick trip with your spouse or a girlfriend and want to make the most of it! Keep reading for my Vegas must-sees, must-dos, and must-wears đ
1pm Aria Couples Massage â is there anything better than a couples’ massage to kick off the new year?! The one we get at Aria truly can’t be beat. The location is gorgeous and so relaxing – Nick and I both left feeling refreshed and rejuvenated, and ready to live it up for the rest of our trip!
5pm Dinner at Carbone â Also located in the Aria Hotel, this restaurant was our all-time favorite. If we had more time we may have tried to go more than once! It’s a MUST TRY if you love Italian food like we do! The restaurant also reminded us of New York, which was so special for us on our long weekend getaway.
*Secret tip: if you donât have a reservation, show up at 4:30pm to be the first in line and then you can ask the bar if they have availability!
9:30pm See a show! â If you’re feeling adventurous after dinner and aren’t ready for the night to be over yet, Vegas is known for some pretty amazing shows! We saw “O” by Cirque du Soleil at Bellagio – it was incredible!
10am Breakfast at Mon Ami Gabi at Paris Hotel â This authentic French bistro will make you feel like you’re sitting at a cafe in Paris (the real thing, not the hotel!) If you sit outside you’ll have a gorgeous view of the stunning Bellagio fountain! To be honest the food is just a 3 out of 5 starts, but it’s for the ambiance if you want a view – Bouchon is a better breakfast restaurant.
6pm Drinks at Vanderpump Ă Paris â Another great spot at Paris Hotel – my favorite was the Flora Bora Bora (my pink drink with a coconut rim!)
8pm Dinner at Mott 32 â This delicious Chinese restaurant is located in the Venetian Hotel. The ambience was beautiful and the food was amazing. If you go, you have to try the Crispy Duck!đ€€
8am Breakfast at Bouchon at the Venetian â Their brunch menu is to die for! Such a great start to another eventful day!
10am Scalp Massages at Soulo â It’s been over a week and Nick is still talking about this massage. I had been reading all about Japanese style scalp treatments and we decided to find out what all the hype was about! Trust me on this one. It’s life changing.
11:45am Nick Four Hand Massage at K Spa  â While it was my turn to get a glorious scalp massage, Nick had another massage appointment that he has been raving about! Might as well squeeze in all the self-care you can on a couples’ trip, right?! There are other spas you can go to for a 4 hand massage, but the fancy spas are $400 a massage and this place was closer to $150 ( What is a 4 hand massage? It means 2 people are massaging you at once! 2 people = 4 hands Which is so cool!)
8:00pm Dinner at Catch â This fun spot is located in the Aria hotel, and it was the perfect experience! They have a wide array of sushi, seafood and steak so there is something on the menu for everyone! We checked out this spot before heading to a fun nightcap location!
9:30pm Speakeasy Live Music Bar Reservation: The Barbershop at The Cosmopolitan â If you love a unique bar, this speakeasy is for you! We made a reservation here on our last night in Vegas, and we had so much fun! We made our way through a secret entrance to finish our night with some cocktails and great vibes!
11am Venetian or Palazzo Hotel Free Craps Lessons  â When in Rome, right?
12:30pm Gondola Boat ride at Venetian before shopping â This is staple Vegas itinerary item! There is an indoor or outdoor boat ride option, both of which provide gorgeous views and a gondolier who will sing as you take in the beautiful scenery. Such a romantic, fun experience!
5:00pm Exotics Racing â Tap into your adventurous side with this adrenaline boost before dinner! No speed limit! đïž
6:15 Dinner at The Mayfair â This restaurant is located at the Bellagio. We went for dinner for our last night in Vegas and it was delicious. The restaurant is also are open for late night drinks as well as a unique Jazz dinner on Sundays!
9:30 See a show: KĂ by Cirque du Soleil â If you want to get in one last amazing show before your time in Vegas is up, we saw this one at MGM Grand and it was so fun!
I also rounded up some of my favorite outfits I packed for our trip â all versatile and served me well during our time in Vegas! All linked below!
Vegas Outfit Inspo:
Shop all my Vegas outfit essentials!
I hope this was helpful for you if you’re planning a Vegas getaway soon! I can’t wait to go back! I’d love to create more of these fun itineraries for you guys to help with any upcoming travel â we are going to some fun places this year, I can’t wait to share more soon!
You may also enjoy:
Family central park photoshoot ideas – our favorite …, a weekend in new york city: sight-seeing, …, leave a reply cancel reply.
Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *
Website URL
- The Perfect 5 Day Las Vegas Itinerary for Adventure Lovers
Looking for a 5 day Las Vegas itinerary that combines casinos with canyons and gambling with the great outdoors? You’re in the right place!
Brash, boisterous, and blingy: Las Vegas is the capital of gambling, partying, and hedonism. But there is so much more than the city beyond its glossy exterior.
Its location in the Mojave Desert of Nevada means that there are national parks, state parks, and natural wonders right on your doorstep. Plus, you’ve got an endless stream of thrilling attractions all over the Strip that will offer something for everyone.
This article is going to tell you exactly how to see the best of Vegas in 5 days with an emphasis on adventurous, offbeat, and fun activities.
Read on for the perfect 5 day Las Vegas itinerary for adventure lovers and all the essential info that you need to plan an unforgettable trip.
* Disclosure: This post contains a few affiliate links, which means I may receive a small commission, at no cost to you, if you make a purchase through my link. *
Table of Contents
Overview of Your Las Vegas Itinerary
Breakdown of your 5 days in vegas.
- Day 1: Arrive at your hotel & relax at the pool, The Venetian Las Vegas, Volcano show at The Mirage, Bellagio Fountain Show, Gambling or Night Clubbing (optional)
- Day 2: Bellagio Conservatory & Botanical Gardens, Eiffel Tower, Trevi Fountain & The Forum Shops at Ceasar, The Flamingo Wildlife Habitat, The Linq Promenade
- Day 3: Las Vegas Sign, Seven Magic Mountains, Luxor Hotel & Casino, Excalibur Hotel & Casino, Fun Dungeon (optional), New York New York, The Big Apple Coaster (optional), The Big Apple Arcade, Watch a show, Dinner
- Day 4: Breakfast at Mrs Coco, Lake Mead, Hoover Dam, The Neon Museum, The Mob Museum, Fremont Street, Dinner (optional food tour)
- Day 5: Day trip to Valley of Fire State Park, Dinner
Map for your 5 day in Las Vegas
Below you can find a customized map that includes all the locations you’re going to visit on this Las Vegas itinerary.
I marked your 5 days in Las Vegas with different colors so you can easily see which places you’re going to visit each day.
How to use this map: This map is fully interactive, so you can move around, zoom in/zoom out, and click on the icons. If you want to see a larger map, click on the bracket in the upper right corner. To see more details and the different layers, click on the tab in the upper left corner. If you want to save it for later, click on the star icon next to the name of the map. Then simply open Google Maps either on your desktop or phone, go to ‘Saved’/’Maps’, and open the map whenever you need it.
Arrive at your hotel & relax at the pool
As the hotels in Las Vegas are spectacular, factor in some time to settle, soak up your surroundings and take a dip in the pool at your chosen resort.
It’s going to be a busy couple of days so you’ll benefit from starting your 5 day Vegas trip with some rest and relaxation! If your chosen hotel doesn’t have a pool, feel free to spend more time at the next attractions on your Vegas itinerary.
The Venetian Las Vegas
The Venetian Las Vegas is a 5-star resort that recreates the grandeur of Italy in the middle of the Mojave Desert. If you’re looking for an incredible luxury hotel in Vegas, The Venetian is a top contender. However, you can visit the complex as a tourist even if you stay elsewhere.
At the heart of the resort, you will find a replica of the Grand Canal, Rialto Bridge, St. Mark’s Campanile, and the Doge’s Palace. If you’ve toured all the Instagram spots in Venice then you’ll be astonished at how closely the scenery resembles the city.
Besides wandering around the area, taking photos, and popping into the shops, it’s worth hopping aboard one of the gondolas for a cruise along the water.
It costs $34 per person (Monday-Thursday) or $39 per person (Friday-Sunday) and there are internal and external routes. In case you’re also planning to visit the Madame Tussauds Museum, it’s worth checking this super saver combined ticket .
Once you work up an appetite, you can dine at one of the many restaurants located within The Venetian.
The signature restaurant, BRERA osteria, excels with woodfire pizza, handcrafted pasta, and seafood dishes. It’s the perfect place to indulge in the first dinner of your Las Vegas 5 day itinerary.
Alternatively, you can take your pick from American, Asian, Greek, French, and Latin restaurants.
Volcano show at The Mirage
Head across the road from The Venetian and you can watch the nightly show at The Volcano. This is a large water feature located in front of The Mirage which erupts every evening with lights, music, and fire.
Shows take place daily at hourly intervals between 7 pm-11 pm. It’s free to watch, which makes it one of the best things to do in Vegas besides gambling .
Bellagio Fountain Show
Next on your list of free things to do in Vegas, head down to the road to catch your second show of the night. The Bellagio Fountain is a complex network of water features that fronts The Bellagio Hotel & Casino .
The choreographed show takes place Monday through Friday every 30 minutes from 3 pm-7 pm and every 15 minutes from 7 pm-12 am.
On weekends and public holidays, it takes place every 30 minutes from 12 pm-7 pm and every 15 minutes from 7 pm-12 am.
When seeing the best of Vegas in 5 days, you even have the option to watch the fountains more than once. Each show is unique so if you’re passing by later in your trip, it’s worth stopping by.
You can walk down the Strip to The Bellagio in 10-15 minutes. Hail a Uber or Lyft or hop on the Deuce if it’s too hot.
Gambling or Night Clubbing
While in Vegas you might want to experience Sin City by night.
With few exceptions, all of the resorts are equipped with their own on-site casino as well as a nightclub or two.
The Strip and DTLV are flooded with beautiful cocktail bars if you are seeking something more laid-back during your 5 day trip to Las Vegas.
Specific casinos, such as The Venetian , provide complimentary or paid coaching which is recommended if you’re apprehensive about gambling.
You can choose whether to play on the slot machines or join a table and play poker, blackjack, roulette, and so forth. Table minimums generally start at $10 on weekday evenings but will increase over weekends.
Night clubs in Vegas are a pricey affair with admission charges and inflated drink prices with gratuities expected on top, so make sure that you budget accordingly before heading out for the evening.
However, the atmosphere is phenomenal, and spending at least one night out in the town is a must for party lovers!
Omnia at Caesars Palace and Hakkasan at the MGM Grand are two of the largest scale clubs with world-class DJs and great party energy that lasts until the early hours.
Alternatively, you can go for cocktails in one of the swanky lounges that line the Strip, such as Skybar , ALIBI , or Vesper .
Bellagio Conservatory & Botanical Gardens
If you wake up with a sore head after last night, the Bellagio Conservatory & Botanical Gardens is the perfect place to recover your senses!
This gorgeous indoor garden marks the entrance to the hotel and is brimming with all kinds of flowers, plants, trees, and shrubs. Further embellishments reflect the current season or any holidays – it’s particularly special over Thanksgiving or Christmas.
You can visit the botanical gardens for free and take photos to your heart’s content before the crowds arrive later in the morning.
Eiffel Tower
Located within the Paris Las Vegas hotel complex, the Eiffel Tower Las Vegas is a half-scale replica of the Parisian landmark that looms 46 stories above the Strip and the Bellagio Fountain.
You will find the best views of the Eiffel Tower from in front of the Arc de Triomphe (another of the city’s European replicas!) or from behind the Bellagio Fountain.
Visiting the Eiffel Tower from the base is one of the best free things to do in Las Vegas in 5 days. But if you want to get an eyeful of the city from above, you can also choose to visit the Eiffel Tower Observation Deck.
The platform is open from Thursday to Monday, 3 pm-10 pm, and you can reserve tickets online . If you want to visit the deck then you might need to rejig this itinerary as it opens later in the day. There is also a restaurant up there which you might want to consider eating at.
Trevi Fountain & The Forum Shops at Ceasar
While you’re perusing European-themed attractions, you can swing by the Trevi Fountain. It’s a little smaller than the original fountain but the architectural design is almost a direct replica of the Rome landmark, making this one of the best Instagram spots in Las Vegas .
If you want to do some shopping while you’re in the city then the Trevi Fountain is the gateway to one of the best malls in Las Vegas if you want to scoop designer labels.
The Forum Shops at Caesar is modeled on Ancient Rome with marble columns, water features, frescoes, and other palatial touches. There is also an excellent array of restaurants which is handy for grabbing today’s lunch.
The Trevi Fountain is a 10-minute walk north up the Strip from the Eiffel Tower.
The Flamingo Wildlife Habitat
Take a change of scene at the Flamingo Wildlife Habitat at the Flamingo Hotel & Casino .
The habitat comprises four acres of land where Chilean Flamingos roam alongside Brown Pelicans and other exotic birds. Besides fragrant flowers and trees, the space is decorated with pools with koi fish – it’s a great spot to revitalize and experience nature during your 5 days in Las Vegas.
It’s free to visit the Flamingo Wildlife Habitat and the garden is located directly across the street from the Forum Shops at Caesar.
The Linq Promenade
The Flamingo Wildlife Habitat backs onto another of Sin City’s best shopping districts. The Linq Promenade is a bustling hub of shops, places to eat, and entertainment options.
If you follow this 5 day Las Vegas itinerary then you can visit around dusk and witness it transform into the evening before grabbing dinner and drinks in the district.
Besides general sightseeing, photo opportunities, and shopping, the Linq Promenade is where you will find the High Roller and FLY LINQ Zipline.
The High Roller is a 550 feet (168 meters) tall Ferris wheel that takes around 30 minutes to complete a lap. Glass observation domes provide incredible views across the Strip, desert, and surrounding mountain ranges.
You can enjoy this experience at whatever time of day, just coincide it with your preference for daylight, sunset, or after dark when the city is fully illuminated.
Meanwhile, the FLY LINQ Zipline is a ride that travels at a maximum speed of 35 mph (56 kph) over the streets of Sin City. It’s a great rush if you like theme park rides!
You can purchase tickets online in advance for the High Roller and FLY LINQ Zipline . The zipline drops you off right outside the High Roller so if you decide to do both you might want to schedule the Ferris wheel for after the zipline.
Las Vegas Sign
Proudly welcoming visitors to Sin City since 1959, getting a close look at the “Welcome to Fabulous Las Vegas” sign is a must on every Las Vegas itinerary!
It’s located at the southern end of the Strip and you might pass it as you drive into the city or leave the airport. If not, definitely factor in a visit.
I recommend that you visit as early as possible on the morning of your 5 days in Vegas itinerary as there is always a swarm of people waiting in line to get a photo with it.
Seven Magic Mountains
Once you’ve got your photo of the “Welcome to Fabulous Las Vegas” sign you can hit the road and continue south.
Seven Magic Mountains is an art installation positioned in the wild desert landscape around a 30-minute drive south of Las Vegas. It was designed by the Swiss artist Ugo Rondinone and features seven stacks of vibrantly painted rocks.
The Seven Magic Mountains are free to visit and you’re best seeing them on a bright, clear day. As with the sign, the spot gets busy so plan to visit as early in the morning as you can bear.
Luxor Hotel & Casino
The Luxor Hotel & Casino is one of the coolest themed resorts in Vegas that is worth visiting to see for yourself.
As you will gather, the theme of the architecture is Ancient Egypt with the pyramid-shaped complex being decorated with giant sphinxes and obelisks. As with the previous hotels on this Las Vegas 5 day itinerary, you can visit the resort for free and take photos.
Once you’re finished, you have the option to visit one of the two following exhibitions that are located on the grounds of the Luxor Hotel & Casino.
Titanic The Art Exhibition is an immersive showcase of over 250 artifacts that were salvaged from the 1912 shipwreck. These items are presented in replicas of the ship’s Grand Staircase and passenger cabins as well as a large fragment of the ocean liner’s original hull.
Not for the faint-hearted, Bodies The Exhibition showcases 13 whole-body human specimens and around 260 organs that have been meticulously dissected. Conceived to provide an in-depth look into our anatomy, the exhibition is a celebration of the human body and is respectfully exhibited.
General admission to each of the exhibitions is priced from $32 per adult. If you want to see both exhibitions then you can save money with the combo ticket – available for $42. As the museums are located a short walk from each other, it makes sense to visit them in succession.
Excalibur Hotel & Casino
Continuing a theme on the third day of your 5 day trip to Las Vegas, the Excalibur Hotel & Casino is your next sight.
Modeled on a medieval castle, the white fortress is topped with blue, red, and golden turrets and surrounded by a moat. This is easily one of the kookiest photo opportunities in Vegas and is a delight for big kids and children alike!
You will score some of the best views as you cross the pedestrian bridge from the Luxor Hotel. Once on the grounds, spend a little time taking pictures and then choose if you want to visit the Fun Dungeon .
That’s the arcade room at the hotel with all the classic video and target games where you can shoot, race, and play to your heart’s content.
The Fun Dungeon is kid-friendly in case you’re traveling as a family.
New York-New York
Leaping out of Europe, the New York-New York Hotel & Casino whisks you away to the Big Apple with replicas of the Statue of Liberty, the Brooklyn Bridge, the Empire State Building, and the Manhattan skyline. There are lots of places to eat and drink with a New York theme.
As the world’s first roller coaster to feature a 180-degree “heartline” twist, the Big Apple Coaster of New York-New York is a thrilling addition to your 5 days in Vegas.
The ride is open Monday to Thursday, 1 pm-8 pm, and Friday to Sunday, 11 am-12 am. It costs $19 per person until 6 pm and $23 per person afterward. If you want to go again, re-rides only cost $10.
If you don’t fancy the roller coaster, you can head to the Big Apple Arcade . This is similar to the Fun Dungeon and is family-friendly with an emphasis on arcade games rather than gambling. It opens daily, 1 pm–8 pm, so you will need to schedule your afternoon accordingly.
Watch a show
In addition to the nightclubs and casinos, Las Vegas is renowned for its spectacular shows, concerts, and large-scale events that take place every night. Catching a show of some kind is one of the highlights of this 5 day Las Vegas itinerary.
With performances ranging from live music to circus specials, magic shows, comedy clubs, and burlesque nights, there are a lot of choices and so it’s over to you to do your research and choose the right thing for your party.
Once you have your travel dates set you can browse the Las Vegas event schedule and book a ticket to a show of your choice. Most of the larger resorts on the Strip are fitted with an event venue where the performances take place.
Shows usually start at 7 pm which means you might want to grab a light snack at New York-New York and then have a proper dinner afterward.
After the show, you could choose to eat dinner at the resort where you watch the performance.
Bear in mind that the local restaurants might get busy as the guests leave the venue, so consider booking in advance if you’ve got your heart set on somewhere specific.
Breakfast at Mrs Coco
You will go on a road trip out of the city today and the first stop for your agenda is a hearty breakfast!
Mrs Coco is located in the city of Henderson on the shores of the Las Vegas Wash, a 30-minute drive southeast out of Vegas. It only opened in 2020 and was inspired by the Instagram aesthetic, with just as many photo opportunities and props as there are items on the menu.
The whole place is embellished with flowers, trinkets, and chandeliers. The quality of the food and drink is outstanding and tastes just as good as it looks, in case you are worried!
As there is a lot to squeeze into the fourth day of your 5 days in Vegas, you would be wise to reserve your table. Mrs Coco opens daily at 9 am – book your place to coincide with the opening time. This way you’ll get the best photo potential as well.
Lake Mead
Leaving Mrs Coco, you will continue eastwards towards Hoover Dam. Along the way, you can pull over to take in viewpoints of the beautiful Lake Mead, a massive reservoir that was formed as a result of the dam.
Follow Lakeshore Road and be ready to pull over at the various laybys and overlooks that dot the western banks of the lake.
The Sunset View Scenic Overlook is stunning and only requires a 0.5 mile (0.8 km) hike from the parking lot. Further south, Hatchery Saddle Point is another excellent stopping place before you reach Boulder Beach.
Boulder Beach has a campground, restroom facilities, and picnic areas. You can also take a dip in the bright blue lake if you feel like it!
Overall, it takes around 40 minutes to drive directly from Mrs Coco to Hoover Dam. But you will need to factor in the time for the additional stops to check out the views and take photos.
Hoover Dam
Visiting the mighty Hoover Dam means that in addition to seeing the best of Vegas in 5 days, you get a peek into the neighboring state of Arizona.
The giant dam was erected during the Great Depression in order to tame the Colorado River and provide a source of irrigation water. It was dedicated on 30 September 1935 by President Franklin D. Roosevelt.
Depending on your personal preferences, you can elect to view the Hoover Dam from outside (for free) or cough up the admission fee and visit the interior. The views from the Mike O’Callaghan–Pat Tillman Memorial Bridge are outstanding as they give you the perspective of the wider landscape.
If you are big on your history, the exhibition at the visitor’s center is well worth seeing and I would also encourage you to take a guided tour. This was you’ll truly understand the significance that the dam had on the local communities of the Southwest.
Self-guided tours of the interior cost $10 per person and include access to the Observation Deck.
Meanwhile, a guided tour costs $30 per person and grants admission to the historic tour tunnels as well as the original elevator that takes you to the top of the Hoover Dam. Tickets are available on-site only and are first-come, first-served.
Hoover Dam is open to the public daily, 5 am-9 pm while tours are in operation 9 am-5 pm.
The Neon Museum
After you’ve seen Lake Mead and Hoover Dam, you can drive back to Las Vegas.
There are several museums in Las Vegas but the Neon Museum is one of the ones that you shouldn’t miss from your Las Vegas 5 day itinerary.
The museum is dedicated to the collection, preservation, studying of, and exhibition of iconic Las Vegas signs. There are no less than 250 restored vintage neon signs and Vegas ephemera that stand in testament to how Vegas has transformed over the years but never paused as the country’s definitive party and entertainment destination.
You can purchase a general admission ticket and explore the collection as you like. Consider booking a guided tour if you want to learn more details about the history of Vegas. General admission is $20 per person and guided tours are $28 per person.
The Neon Museum is open daily, 2 pm-10 pm.
The Mob Museum
A second museum to add to your 5 day Vegas trip is the Mob Museum. This institute invites you to learn the truth behind the gangsters that have ties with Vegas, such as Al Capone, Lucky Luciano, John Gotti, J. Edgar Hoover, and Bugsy Siegel.
All exhibits at the museum are immersive with a mix of relics and digital experiences. You’ll see the likes of the Wall of Infamy, the Nevada gas chamber chair, and the “Underground ” – an immersive Prohibition exhibit space equipped with a working distillery and speakeasy.
There are real FBI surveillance tapes to listen to and you can even take part in a round of FBI weapons training and see the courtroom from the Kefauver Hearings.
The Mob Museum is popular so I advise booking an admission ticket in advance . It’s open daily, 9 am-9 pm.
The museum is a 15-minute walk from the Neon Museum.
Fremont Street
Fremont Street is the second most famous street in Vegas after The Strip and is a must for your 5 day Las Vegas itinerary.
It comprises 4 blocks made up of casinos, shops, bars, restaurants, and entertainment venues. It’s all open-air with tonnes of street performances and bright lights including a giant LED canopy.
It depends on you how you choose to spend your time. It’s fun to take a wander around the area at dusk and the early evening to see the neighborhood light up for the night but you can stay here until late if you fancy hitting a couple of bars or casinos.
There is a variety of places to eat or you can book yourself a spot on the Downtown Vegas Sightseeing and Foodie Tour . Your knowledgeable local guide will guide you to a selection of the top eateries where you can sample the goods – and return later to your favorite if you’re hungry for more.
Day trip to the Valley of Fire State Park
For the final day, escape the city with an adventurous day trip to the Valley of Fire State Park.
Located just under an hour’s drive east of the city, the Valley of Fire State Park features Aztec sandstone, slot canyons, and rock formations of vibrant shades of red, orange, yellow, and pink.
Although there is a huge selection of day trips from Las Vegas , the Valley of Fire is the best all-rounder as it doesn’t require too long a drive, the scenery is phenomenal, and the hikes are not challenging.
There are several photo spots and hiking trails in the Valley of Fire and you will need to plan your route out in advance to make the most of your day out.
Consult my guide to the best things to do in the Valley of Fire in one day which summarizes the highlights of the state park. My guide to the best Valley of Fire photo spots is essential reading for photographers, bloggers, and content creators.
If you decide to tackle any hikes then I also urge you to read my round-up of the best easy hikes in the Valley of Fire State Park . This guide is also packed with tips to help you prepare for your adventures.
The Valley of Fire State Park is best visited independently with your own vehicle. You will need to pay a fee of $10 per vehicle ($15 for non-Nevada vehicles) in order to access the park.
However, if you do not drive or have access to a private car, you can join a tour. This small-group Valley of Fire Tour includes all travel to and from Las Vegas, around the park, and your admission fee.
Once you get back to Sin City, you can round off your 5 days in Las Vegas with a final dinner on or around the Strip. In case you need some inspiration, here are a couple of restaurants.
- Bacchanal Buffet : If you’re not sure what you feel like after your road trip, Bacchanal presents an assortment of around 500 food items ranging from seafood, meat, and vegetarian across a wide selection of countries.
- Sugarcane Raw Bar Grill : Perfect if you want something lighter, the menu focuses on raw plates and tonnes of salad options. The craft cocktails wash it all down nicely!
- Honey Salt : This beautiful restaurant is actually located west of the Strip but is great if you fancy a change of scene for your final night. The venue specializes in farm-to-table dining with locally sourced produce that is artistically presented. Honey Salt closes at 9 pm.
Useful Info for Spending 5 Days in Las Vegas
Where to stay in las vegas.
The best place to stay in Las Vegas is the Strip which runs from north to south Las Vegas. This is where all the attractions and amenities are located as well as the best hotels and resorts in Vegas.
If you are spending 5 days in Vegas on a budget then you can find cheaper accommodation in DTLV or beyond the Strip. However, you will need to factor in extra time for seeing the Strip.
LUXURY (Gambling) – The Venetian Resort Las Vegas
MID-RANGE – Aria Resort & Casino
BUDGET – SAHARA Las Vegas
How to get to Las Vegas
Las Vegas is served by the Harry Reid International Airport (LAS) – previously the McCarran International Airport. The airport is situated centrally in Paradise at the south end of the Strip.
You can connect to Las Vegas airport from the majority of cities in the United States. Direct flights are available from certain international destinations such as the United Kingdom, Germany, the Netherlands, Canada, and Mexico. Often it works out cheaper to transfer via an alternative United States airport.
A number of the hotels in the Strip and Downtown Las Vegas (DTLV) offer a shuttle service. If that is not the case, you can hail an Uber or Lyft from the airport to save money.
Alternatively, you can book a private arrival transfer or if you want to arrive in Vegas in style, you can even opt for a private luxury limousine service !
If your 5 days in Vegas itinerary is part of a wider road trip then you can drive to the city from Los Angeles or Phoenix in around 5 hours.
Best time to visit Las Vegas
Las Vegas is located in the middle of the Nevada desert which means the city benefits from a hot climate year-round with plenty of sunshine.
Officially, the best time to visit Las Vegas is between March and May and from September to November.
Bear in mind that spring break in the United States usually takes place in March/April, around Easter. If you’d prefer to avoid getting swept away in busy crowds and lots of partying, you’ll want to avoid traveling to Vegas during those two weeks.
June, July, and August are the hottest months with temperatures hitting above 100°F (40°C). This might limit the comfort of experiencing Las Vegas in 5 days although on the plus side, resorts will be quieter and you will find deals on accommodation and tours.
How to get around Las Vegas
Las Vegas is a city that is designed for cars and has a limited public transport service in place. Parts of the city are walkable but the heat coupled with long distances means that you will not want to get around on foot for the most part.
The main bus service that you should acquaint yourself with during your 5 day Vegas trip is called the Deuce. This operates round the clock and shuttles up and down the entire length of the Strip.
Tickets cost $6 for a 2-hour pass, $8 for a 24-hour pass, or $20 for a 3-day pass. There are a lot of stops all along the Strip that drop you close to the major resorts and attractions. Check out the route map online .
Uber and Lyft operate in the city and it is worth downloading both apps. Drivers are only allowed to use the designated pick-up and drop-off areas in Vegas so make sure you check your closest option before hailing a ride.
If you have a rental then you might have to pay for parking at your hotel, it will depend on the resort you book so check the terms before you book.
Parking spots around the Strip are expensive and limited. Therefore, when getting around the Strip and DTLV, you will want to strike a balance between walking, driving, using the Deuce, and hailing rideshares.
Planning a trip to Nevada?
Then you might want to take a look at all our other travel guides about Nevada. I promise, they are just as awesome as this article was!
- 35 Fun Things to Do in Vegas Besides Gambling
- Top 12 Best Las Vegas Instagram Spots for Epic Photos
- 21 Best Las Vegas Hotels with Strip Views
- 18 Best Day Trips from Las Vegas You Can’t Miss
- 114 Amazing Las Vegas Captions for Instagram
- A Slice of Italy in Las Vegas: The Venetian Las Vegas Hotel Review
- Best Gamble Free Hotel in Vegas: Four Seasons Las Vegas Hotel Review
Valley of Fire State Park:
- 17 Best Things to Do in Valley of Fire in One Day
- 15 Best Valley of Fire Photography Spots You Can’t Miss
- 8 Easy Valley of Fire Hikes You Can’t Miss
Read about more US States: California | Illinois | Massachusetts | Maine | New Hampshire | New York | Vermont
Pin It for Later!
Leave a Comment Cancel reply
5 days in Vegas
This isnât just a city, itâs an experienceâhereâs how to do it right..
Las Vegas isnât just a city, itâs an experienceâa place thatâs larger than life in every way, with nonstop energy and entertainment options as endless as the desert horizon. Which is why a mere weekend in Vegas is only enough to brush the surface. We say: Go big or go home. Five days is a sure bet for making the most of this city, from the glitz and glamour of the Strip to the natural wonders that lie just beyond the city limits.
With this five-day itinerary, youâll be able to do it all and maybe even have a little time to sleep (a novelty in Vegas). To help you make the most of your visit, weâve organized your days by location so that youâre not hopping all over the place. We also combed through Tripadvisor reviews and ratings to make sure that your trip hits the jackpot in every way.
MORNING: Start your day in France
Stretching more than four miles through the heart of Vegas, the Strip needs no introduction. Itâs lined with colossal resorts that compete for your attention. These are feats of architectural wonder, each a destination unto itself, so a tour of the hotel highlights is the best way to spend your first day.
Start off in Franceâ Paris Las Vegas , that is. The resortâs French bistro, Mon Ami Gabi , is straight out of the City of Lightâonly instead of the Champs-Elysees, youâre overlooking all the action on the Strip. A heads up: The restaurantâs Skinny CrĂȘpe du Jour is not a diet food. It changes daily and comes with indulgent toppings like caramel sauce.
After breakfast, head 46 stories into the air to the Eiffel Tower Viewing Deck for eye-popping Vegas views. Fun fact: This Eiffel Tower is a half-scale replica of the original in Paris and was built using the same plans.
Travelers say: âWe went [to the Eiffel Tower Viewing Deck] early evening on a Friday, just as the sun was setting. It wasn't extremely crowded, and the view is amazing. We got to watch the Bellagio fountain show from up top, and someone proposed (she said YES).â â @ Christine C
AFTERNOON: Splash out at Bellagio
It usually takes forever to get from one hotel on the Strip to the next, but itâs just a six-minute stroll across the street via a pedestrian bridge from Paris Las Vegas to another European-style enclave: Bellagio Las Vegas . The legendary fountains are a not-to-be-missed spectacle and a testament to this cityâs relentless pursuit of grandeur. Depending on the time of day, the fountains go off every 15 to 30 minutes. You could stand right on the edge, but itâs even better to watch the performance from the waterfront restaurant, Lago by Julian Serrano , which is so close youâll practically get splashed. (Tripadvisor users rave about the seafood linguine.) Here on a Sunday? Book brunch at Lago to see the fountain show when it begins at 11 a.m.âand be sure to try the decadent lobster Benedict.
After taking in the fountains, explore the Bellagio Conservatory & Botanical Gardens , an oasis crafted from thousands of flowers, plants, and trees. The displays change seasonally.
If youâre not too worn out, venture from Bellagio to Caesars Palace on the elevated walkway that connects the two hotels. Here, youâll be transported back to ancient Rome and can check out another iconic fountain: a replica of the Trevi Fountain. Itâs located in the opulent Forum Shops, where youâll find more than 160 stores and an outpost of Dominique Ansel Bakery âhome of the cronut and worth the wait.
LAS VEGAS STRIP TOUR OPTIONS
- The Las Vegas Strip and Downtown Scooter with Food Tour packs several adventures into oneâa cruise around town in a hot pink Hog Car scooter, sampling food at local restaurants, and visiting filming locations of popular reality television shows.
- On the small-group Las Vegas Walking Food Tour With Secret Food Tours , youâll taste signature dishes at sought-after restaurants run by chefs like Gordon Ramsay and Giada De Laurentiis.
- Soar high above the city on a take-your-breath-away Las Vegas Helicopter Night Flight with Optional VIP Transportation .
EVENING: Eat your heart out, Vegas-style
As the sun sets over this desert oasis, Las Vegas truly comes to life. There are celebrity chef restaurants scattered throughout the cityâs hotels, but some of the hottest tables are at The Cosmopolitan . At Ă© by JosĂ© AndrĂ©s , dining is like going to a theater performance: There are just eight seats gathered around the prep area, which doubles as a stage. The lucky diners feast on no less than 20 courses, which change regularly but might include highlights like a cotton candy-covered empanada filled with foie gras and corn nuts.
Couldnât snag a reservation? Another food-as-entertainment spot is Superfrico , which describes its cuisine as âItalian American Psychedelic.â Order the tableside mozzarella experienceâa pound of fresh cheese will be pulled and stretched as you watch and served with an assortment of sides.
Or you could head to The Pizzeria (aka Secret Pizza ), the hotelâs TikTok-famous grab-and-go joint that invented the trend of hidden Vegas dining venues. How to find it? Head to level 3 and look for an unmarked hallway lined with records between Blue Ribbon and Jaleo.
After dinner, the Cosmo has endless options for an unforgettable night out, including the Chandelier Lounge (a three-level ode to cocktail culture), Marquee Nightclub (a party staple), The Barbershop Cuts & Cocktails (a secret bar hidden in a barbershop), and Ski Lodge (another hidden lounge with snow falling year-round).
Worthy detours along the way
MORNING: Mingling with the mob
Today, weâre heading off the Strip. Destination: Downtown , the birthplace of Las Vegas. With the vintage casinos and neon signs, thereâs a sense of nostalgia in the air and a glimpse of the golden daysâthink gambling, showgirls, and mobsters. Plus, youâll get more of a sense of community than on the Strip: This is where locals actually hang out.
First stop: Siegelâs 1941 , a breakfast-all-day restaurant that pays homage to Bugsy Siegel and his inner circle of mobsters; donât miss the Challah French Toast. Now that youâre in a mob mood, hit the nearby Mob Museum , set in a restored 1933 courthouse and post office. The museum is seriously good for every age, delving into the history of organized crime in Las Vegas and the efforts to combat it.
Travelers say: â[The Mob Museum] was a great overall visit. We did just decide to do general admission. It was worth it. The staff was friendly. The supplemental videos were worth watching. If you like learning and history this is your thing. NERD AWAY! Also, learning all the mobster nicknames was so fun!â â @ J Jacobson
AFTERNOON: Design in all forms
Container Park showcases the cityâs innovative design spirit: This open-air shopping and entertainment zone is carved out of repurposed shipping containers that house cool boutiques, one-of-a-kind restaurants, and live music. An authentic Mexican street food spot, Pinches Tacos is a top choice for fan favorite dishes like al pastor tacos with marinated pork and pineapple. If youâre in the mood for BBQ, the Brisket Melt sandwich at Big Ernâs delivers.
A quick cab ride away is The Neon Museum , aka the Neon Boneyard. This outdoor art space is a treasure trove with stacks of restored signs from old casinos, hotels, and businesses. Set aside at least an hour to explore.
DOWNTOWN TOUR OPTIONS
- Hungry for food and art? You can learn about local culture and sample restaurant tastings during the Downtown Vegas Sightseeing and Foodie Tour .
- Learn about old-school Las Vegas on the Small-Group Downtown and Fremont Street History Walking Tour . You can even upgrade to visit the Gold and Silver Pawn Shop from the TV show Pawn Stars .
- Combine art and cocktails on the Pop Culture Walking Tour Downtown With Complimentary Cocktails .
EVENING: Bright lights, big city
As night falls, venture over to the Fremont Street Experience . A spectacular light and sound show is displayed on a massive LED canopy that stretches overhead, and there are interactive art installations like the Praying Mantis, which comes alive with fire-breathing performances. Feeling brave? Soar high above the crowds on the SlotZilla zip line.
Right nearby is the new Circa Resort & Casino , but leave the kiddos with a babysitter: This spot is strictly adults-only. Sports lovers will be into the hotelâs sportsbookâitâs the largest in the world. And be sure to make a reservation for the rooftop Legacy Club, which has staggering views stretching across the valley. Dinner after at Barryâs Downtown Prime is a no-brainer: The tomahawk ribeye steak is a showstopper.
If you still have some energy after dinner, have a nightcap at The Laundry Room , a speakeasy hidden away inside the Commonwealth bar where the mixologist will whip up a one-of-a-kind drink based on your favorite flavors. Reservations are highly recommended.
MORNING: Rocking out
Escape the lights of Las Vegas for a day of awe-inspiring natural beauty, outdoor adventure, and exploration in one of Vegasâs coolest new neighborhoods.
Start your day at Egg Works , a little gem known for breakfast-with-a-twist items like stuffed cinnamon roll pancakes. Now that youâre fortified, youâre ready to venture into the Red Rock Canyon National Conservation Area , which is full of geological marvels crafted over millions of years. The stunning Mojave Desert landscapes include vibrant red sandstone cliffs, flora and fauna that you wonât see anywhere else, and unique rock formations like the Keystone Thrust (a geological fault that creates a distinct contrast between the sandstone layers and the soaring cliffs).
Travelers say: âThis place is a must if [youâre] in Vegas and want to get away from the crowds and the hype. The colors, the mountains, and the beautiful native plants are all breathtaking. Rent a car for the day and go! It's not difficult. If it's too hot they have a scenic drive you can travel slowly and take pics of you're into pics. Also don't forget to first stop at the visitors center. There are cooling cloths you can purchase to keep the heat away and they work! Get one, you won't be sorry.â â @ Anne V
AFTERNOON: A hip hood
After your morning adventure, spend the afternoon in Summerlin , set in the shadow of Red Rock Canyon. Itâs got a buzzing downtown with high-end restaurants, boutiques, a modern new stadium thatâs home to the Aviators baseball team, and the Golden Knights practice facility at City National Arena. Grab lunch at Wolfgang Puck Players Locker , a Golden Knights-themed space serving dishes named after players (Karlssonâs vegan burger, Tuchâs reuben sandwich). Or for fun school memories of chemistry, astronomy, and math, thereâs Public School 702 , which has elevated pub grub, plus beer pong tables, shuffleboard, and over-sized Jengaâitâs better than recess.
If youâre feeling adventurous, you could make a detour 30 minutes away to check out Seven Magic Mountains , an art installation with a rainbow of rocks that lights up the desert backdrop.
RED ROCK CANYON TOUR OPTIONS
- The Scooter Tours of Red Rock Canyon are for people who want to see the Red Rock Canyon from a unique vantage point: an open-air scooter.
- Explore Red Rocks sustainably with a Red Rock Canyon Self-Guided Electric Bike Tour on a self-guided e-bike tour that cruises through 22 miles of desert; all equipment and travel is included.
- The 2-Hour Horseback Riding through Red Rock Canyon is likely to sell out for a reason: Itâs family-friendly and you donât need experience because the expert horses will do all the work for you.
EVENING: A star chef and star watching
End your day back in Summerlin at the Red Rock Casino Resort & Spa . Try your luck at the casino, catch a live performance, or unwind after your day of adventures with a spa treatment. Dinner at Osteria Fiorella , a Philly-style Italian spot from James Beard Award-winning chef Marc Vetri, is a must. Request a seat on the patio and be sure to order the Fiorella Assaggi Board (full of salumi, cheese, and other antipasti) and Salâs Meatballs, served with whipped ricotta and garlic durum focaccia.
If youâre up for more adventure, head back to Red Rock Canyon to scope out the stars. Away from the city lights, the night sky reveals a jaw-dropping celestial display. The darkest spots are along SR-160 (Blue Diamond Road). Occasionally, Red Rock Canyon hosts astronomy events like telescope viewing sessions and talks about the cosmos. But take note: Exploring Red Rock Canyon at night requires additional precautions. Bring a flashlight or headlamp to navigate the trails safely and stay on designated paths to protect the sensitive desert ecosystem.
MORNING: Beyond the Strip
Now itâs time to hit two iconic destinations: Hoover Dam , a marvel of engineering that spans the Colorado River, and Antelope Canyon , a slot canyon renowned for its sculpted sandstone walls. Leave early: The Hoover Dam can get crowded and hot. Plus, thereâs a lot to pack in today.
Fuel up at The Cracked Egg , a local favorite with several locations around town, and donât miss the Southwest Benedict (loaded with chorizo and avocado) or the Stuffed French Toast.
At Hoover Dam, you can buy a ticket to explore on your own, but then youâd be missing one of the highlights: a guided tour where you can learn about the complex construction of the dam (fascinating even for non-engineers). Then head to the Hoover Dam Bypass âaka the Mike O'CallaghanâPat Tillman Memorial Bridgeâfor a killer view of the dam and the Colorado River below.
HOOVER DAM TOUR OPTIONS
- Who said history isnât funny? Get ready to chuckle on the Hoover Dam Comedy Tour with Lunch , which also stops at the âWelcome to Las Vegasâ sign.
- On the exclusive Ultimate Hoover Dam Tour from Las Vegas With Lunch , youâll get a VIP tour of the iconic structure and beat the crowds.
- With the Hoover Dam Walk-On-Top Tour with Seven Magic Mountains , youâll combine two spots in one tourâa classic icon and a newly iconic spot.
AFTERNOON: The Wild West and wild nature
Everyone in the family will love Boulder City, which is straight out of the Wild West. Itâs lined with quirky old-school saloons and the Boulder City-Hoover Dam Museum , where you can learn about the townâs role in the construction of Hoover Dam. Outdoor buffs might want to take a hike or bike ride along the scenic Historic Railroad Trail , which passes by Lake Mead and through tunnels once used during the construction of Hoover Dam.
In the late afternoon, take a scenic drive through the vast desert to Antelope Canyon, which is full of water-carved slot canyons and striated walls. The narrow passages and filtered light beams are like crack for Instagrammers.
Travelers say: âThis was one of the coolest experiences I have ever done. Getting a change to actually walk through the canyons, and take breathtaking photos was amazing.â â @ Kaleigh K
EVENING: Sunset cruise and a cool food hood
For a magical end to the day, consider taking a sunset cruise on Lake Mead . The largest reservoir in the U.S., Lake Mead was created when the Hoover Dam was built. The lakeâs serene waters and the vibrant hues of the setting sun create a picturesque backdrop.
Then, itâs time to dive back into central Vegas. Tonight, check out the food scene in Chinatown , just a few miles off the Strip. Its growth was fueled starting in the 1970s by a surge of immigrants moving to the city. Youâll thank them for making that move when your taste buds are transported to the far corners of Asia, including China (soup buns at Xiao Long Dumplings ), Vietnam (lobster pho at District One Kitchen and Bar ), and Japan (sushi at Yui Edomae ).
MORNING: A grand adventure
The last stop on your five-day whirlwind itinerary: a bucket-list journey to the Grand Canyon, an iconic natural wonder carved by the Colorado River over millions of years. If you want to make a whole day of it, start early: The drive to the Grand Canyon South Rim takes about four or five hours, depending on traffic and stops.
The best approach: Head to Williams, Arizona and board The Grand Canyon Railway , which will transport you straight to the South Rim. Visit the charming shops, restaurants, and historic buildings at Grand Canyon Village , and have lunch at El Tovar , a National Historic Landmark that hasnât changed much since it was built in 1905.
Travelers say: âOur family and friends were split on their opinion of the Grand Canyon. Some said it is just a big hole in the ground and others said it was awesome. After our visit, we agree with the people in the awesome mindset. This is one of those places you need to see in person, pictures don't do it justice. You just need to stand on the rim and realize just how big the canyon is and watch how the light changes as the day progresses. We were also able to stay for sunset at Hopi point which is its own kind of awesomeness.â â @ WisTrippers
AFTERNOON: A birdâs eye view
Hereâs the only thing: With that approach to the Grand Canyon, youâll suck up a lot of precious time on your last day. We say: Book a helicopter flight and fly to the Grand Canyon in style. As you lift off from Las Vegas, the cityscape fades away, replaced by the vast expanse of the Southwestâs rugged desert landscape. Gliding over the Colorado River, youâll witness the Grand Canyonâs mighty cliffs and multi-hued rock formations. The copterâs panoramic windows offer unobstructed views.
Depending on the tour you take, you might land on the canyon floorâthe perfect way to connect with the natural world.
GRAND CANYON TOUR OPTIONS
- With the full-day Grand Canyon West Rim Bus Tour & Hoover Dam Photo Stop with Optional Skywalk , youâll see several iconic spotsâdefinitely add on the terrifyingly thrilling Skywalk.
- Soar over the Colorado River, Lake Mead, the Hoover Dam, and descend below the rim of the Grand Canyon on the Grand Canyon West Helicopter Tour from Las Vegas with Optional Skywalk .
- This tour takes in two famous canyons, plus another highlight: G rand Canyon South Rim, Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend Day Tour from Las Vegas.
EVENING: Ending on a high note
For your last night in Vegas, end things on a high note: at the High Roller Observation Wheel at The LINQ Promenade, where you can watch the city come to life as the sun casts a golden glow over the desert landscape.
Know Before You Go
Vegas is bustling year-round, but its busiest periods tend to be certain weeks and weekends instead of a whole season. So when planning a trip to Vegas, be sure to do a quick search for any big events that may draw crowds around that time (New Yearâs and sporting events, for example). Youâll find the best weather in February through May and September through November, but thereâs a trade-offâskyrocketing hotel rates. In summer, the 100-degree days can make being outside close to unbearable, but if you plan on staying inside you may prefer it anyway, since the rates are better and virtually everything is air-conditioned.
Staying in Vegas mid-week is quieter and cheaper. Weekend rates can be hundreds of dollars more than their mid-week alternatives. Going mid-week doesnât mean you canât get the quintessential Las Vegas experience, because this city never takes a break.
In Vegas, the casinos never closeâso whether youâre a night owl or an early riser, you can try your luck any time. The dining scene caters to all tastesâand schedules. Many restaurants stay open late into the night, offering an array of options for a late-night bite or an early breakfast; there are even some fine dining and fast-food spots open 24/7. When it comes to bars and nightclubs, the party goes on: Most remain open until the wee hours. In Vegas, the major shopping centers usually close around 9 or 10 p.m., but many hotel shops stay open later (just beware of drunk shopping). Most of the Vegas shows run multiple times a day; just check the schedule and book in advance.
The Strip : Las Vegas Boulevardâor simply, the Stripâis the center of all the action, lined with iconic casino hotels and casinos. Known for its stunning fountains and European-style ambiance, Bellagio Las Vegas reinvented the idea of luxury in Vegas when it opened in 1998. The Venetian is an Italian-themed resort with spacious suites and the Venice-inspired Grand Canal Shoppes. Always a classic, Caesars Palace exudes Roman opulence with its renowned Forum Shops and high-end entertainment (itâs also home to Nobu at Caesars Palace , a hotel within a hotel).
Downtown : For a taste of the old-school Vegas, head Downtown. The adults-only Circa Resort & Casino has the largest sportsbook in the world. Golden Nugget has lots of history and a water slide that goes right through a shark tank. The D Las Vegas is known for the famous Dancing Dealers and the only two-level casino in Vegas.
Off-Strip: Escape the hustle and bustle of the Strip without compromising on luxury and comfort at these properties that have everything you want and a little more room to breathe. The hip Palms Casino Resort is famous for its Sky Villas and KAOS, which is both a dayclub and a nightclub. In Summerlin, a cool neighborhood next to the stunning Red Rock Canyon, Red Rock Casino Resort & Spa has a stunning setting and a state-of-the-art casino. In nearby Henderson, Green Valley Ranch Resort Spa & Casino is a luxe escape with a Mediterranean-inspired pool area.
Walking: Vegas can be tricky to navigate by foot, especially when it comes to crossing over from side to side on the Strip. Depending on where youâre starting and ending, grabbing a taxi or a rideshare might be a better bet.
Public transportation: The Las Vegas Monorail is a convenient and efficient way to travel along the Strip. It runs from the SLS Las Vegas Hotel & Casino in the north to the MGM Grand in the south, stopping at several major resorts in between. The cityâs RTC (Regional Transportation Commission) is an affordable way to get around town, with bus routes that connect the Strip to Downtown, the airport, and other areas of the city. The Deuce is another popular bus along the Strip, making frequent stops at major resorts and attractions.
By bike: Las Vegas has embraced biking, with lanes available along some parts of the Strip and throughout Downtown, making it a fun and eco-friendly way to explore. RTC Bike Share has stations throughout the city. You can pick up a bike at one location, ride to your destination, and then drop it off at another station.
By taxi: Traffic gets bad on the Strip, but if youâre traveling more than a hotel or two awayâespecially in the hotter monthsâyou may prefer to sit in traffic in an airconditioned taxi than trudge through the heat to the closest bridge. Youâll usually find taxis waiting outside major hotels and casinos. Just be sure to use a licensed taxi with a visible meter; avoid accepting rides from unlicensed drivers.
Airport transfers: Getting to the Strip from Harry Reid Airport is easiest with a taxi or a rideshare service like Uber and Lyft, which are all available at McCarran International Airport. Simply follow the signs to the designated pickup areas outside the terminals. Many hotels in Las Vegas offer free airport shuttle services for their guests; check with your property in advance to see if this option is available. You can also book a private shuttle service (not cheap) or take a bus from the RTC (cheap), which has routes going from the airport to many locations around Vegas.
TWOSOMETRAVELLERS
The Ultimate guide to 4 days in Las Vegas Nevada, including top things to do and experiences!
Updated: Jun 17, 2020
Las Vegas . An oasis in the Mojave desert known for its neon lights, striking accommodation and unanticipated landscapes that are located just 20 minutes off the strip.
Spending 4 days in this wondrous city won't be nearly enough to explore everything, but we have a fabulous itinerary that will make the most of what time you do have!
If you are new to Twosome Travellers blog, let us first give you a little bit of insight into the kind of itineraries we provide. We are a travel couple that focus on couple adventure, we love being outdoors and soaking up the sights, but will also include some downtime activities too. If you're a foodie and love a landscape, then keep reading. If you would like to read more about how we got started, check out more at our about us page.
A Quick Snapshot
Activity suggestions.
- Visit the Red Rock canyon, hike or take an off-road experience like the Pink Jeep adventure tours
- Treat yourself to mind-blowing views of the Grand Canyon by helicopter
- Take a ride on the High Roller Ferris wheel for views across the entire city (our suggestion is to go at night when Vegas is all lit up)
- Fly the Linq, a zipline across Vegas
- Watch a show such as Le Reve at the Wynn Hotel & Casino
- Ride the gondolas at the Venetian
- Watch a ball game at the brand new Las Vegas Ballpark
Restaurants we visited
- Catch at Aria Hotel & Casino for Asian-inspired seafood
- Eiffel Tower Restaurant for an unforgettable dinner with views over the fountains
- Afternoon tea at the Waldorf Astoria
- Lunch at Estiatorio Milos for a trip to the Mediterranean
- The Cosmopolitan for a cocktail stop at the Chandelier Bar
- Blue Ribbon Sushi at Red Rock Casino, a short drive off the strip for a different scene
- Soak up the art scene at Unknown Bar at the Palms Hotel & Casino
For more photos and a juicy Vegas itinerary details then keep reading...
First, lets cover the basic bits like when to go and how to get there..
Still trying to decide what month is best to go? To be honest, all year round Vegas has something for everyone, in general Las Vegas has a dry climate with hot summers. Here's a run down of Vegas months to help you consider which temperatures are best suited for you:
Spring - March to May
Can still be cool in March, heating up towards May as day time temps on average around 25°C - 28°C nighttime temps in the region on 15°C
Summer - June to August
Average high is 38-40°C (104°F) low humidity helps keep the temperature from feeling as hot as it is. Also manageable as all indoor in air conditioned. Nighttime drops to on average 20°C.
Autumn - September to November
September can still look a lot like Summer, but daytime can cool to region of 20°C towards November time, nighttime temps are in the region of 8-19°C.
Winter - December to February
Much cooler with daytime average being 15°C / 60°F, nighttime can drop to as low as 1-4°C / 34-40°F.
Getting to Las Vegas
Las Vegas is located in the Mojave desert in Southern Nevada. If like us, you aren't too familiar with USA state locations, we've pinpointed on a map its location to help give you an idea of airports you can fly in and out of.
We flew from Sydney International airport to Las Vegas McCarran International Airport via Los Angeles which took 17 hours flight time. (There are no direct flights from Sydney to Las Vegas.) On the return journey, we decided to drive from Vegas via Joshua Tree to Los Angeles, and took a direct flight back to Sydney from LA.
On arrival in to Las Vegas airport, the cheapest and most convenient way to reach your hotel is by Uber, we found it to be of similar price as in Sydney.
A cheaper option may be to take an airport shuttle minibus which will drop you off at your hotel. There are several different companies but they all leave from just outside the airportâs baggage reclaim and charge around $10 each way. If you are travelling as a couple, it could work out cheaper to share a taxi.
Once you have reached the strip, itâs easy to get around the Strip on foot, but distances can be longer than they first appear! The Deuce (double decker buses) run up the strip to Fremont Street 24 hours a day and are frequent (every 15 minutes). We paid $6 for 2 hours, there are other pass options for a longer period - $8 for 24 hours or $20 for three days
We reached Paris Las Vegas hotel which is located on the strip within 15 minutes after jumping into our Uber at the airport.
This can fluctuate pending the month you are visiting Vegas, but this provides an indication of costs when we visited in June;
All in USD $
Hotel (On the strip)
Economy hotel - From $40 p/n
Mid Range Hotel - From $70 p/n
Luxury (4* plus) - From $100 p/n
Transportation
Public Transportation such as the Deuce bus is $8 for 24 hours. There are also free trams between certain hotels which you can utilize.
Uber -$1.50 base fare and $1 for every mile beyond this
Car rental - most hotel/casinos offer free parking, some may charge an overnight fee
$ - such as In and Out Burger, Subway, $10 +
$$$ - $25 + pp such as a sit down meal on the strip or in the hotels
$$$$ - $65 + pp - it's worth noting there are many fine dining restaurants that offer significantly reduced costs on Lunch time specials such as Estiatorio Milos who offer a $29 pp lunch menu!
We have given some indication of pricing per activity in the below itinerary
We thought it would be good to mention this as unlike the UK or AUS, it is a practiced social custom that a gratuity charge is included it most hospitality scenarios. We were advised the following by a local:
Restaurants - 15â20% of the amount of a customer's bill (before tax) is customary when good to excellent service is provided.
Uber/Taxi - 10-20% of total charge
Hotel Porter - $1-2 per bag is the norm.
Tour guides - $5-10
Welcome to Las Vegas! Check into the hotel and drop off your bags.
We arrived in the morning and were able to get a room from 11am, if you are arriving on an early flight, it is worth asking for early check-in as most hotels will try and accommodate where possible.
Paris Las Vegas is one of Vegasâ iconic resorts that has awesome views of the Strip, we found it to be a great location to explore on foot in both directions. Plus, (a big plus!) it was directly opposite the spectacular Bellagio fountains that dance to music every 15-30 minutes!
Spend some time at the pool, just grab your swims and the hotel should provide the rest! No need for ear phones either as they'll no doubt be playing some tunes around the pool, serving extra cold drinks as well.
For the first night in Vegas, there's no other place to head to than Catch restaurant at ARIA , one of Vegas' hottest new restaurants that is famous for it's fresh seafood with an Asian twist. For a special occasion, or to celebrate your first night in Vegas, its a truly special place to dine. The entrance is Instagram-heaven filled with beautiful bright flowers!
After enjoying a delicious feast, head to the High Roller - a 10 min car ride / 20 min walk (shortcut through the hotels) to reach the wheel that soars 550 feet above the centre of the Las Vegas Strip,higher than both the London Eye and Singapore Flyer. With sweeping 360-degree views of the Las Vegas Valley and The Strip, the wheel takes 30 minutes to complete one revolution, the city lights are mind-blowing at the top!
The queue was pretty small at night, which was surprising seeing as it has to be one of the best times to witness Las Vegas from up above! The High Roller is open from 11:30am - 2am ever day.
Enjoy a lazy breakfast at your hotel, or head to Mon Ami Gabi to enjoy their Parisian pancakes and hot coffee.
Explore the Grand Canyon.... by helicopter! If there was ever a time to splash out on a heli-treat, it's in Vegas, obviously! For us this was such a huge dream to see this expansive piece of land, and take in those jaw-droppingly beautiful views of the GC and concrete showpiece that is the Hoover dam! Technically speaking, you also get to tick off another State within the USA as the GC is located in Arizona.
We had our tour with Maverick Helicopters who offer varying types of trips in and around Las Vegas, as well as many of the other natural wonders such as the Red Rock Canyon, Grand Canyon, and more. Don't forget to take your passport along for this (they will remind you too!) Our pilot Clint has been flying for over 10 years and made our trip extra-fun, as he took us down to the floor of the canyon, its here that you really appreciate the sheer size of it all.
And then the chilled champagne came out....bonus!
On the return journey, you get to see the Las Vegas strip in all its glory!
The Maverick base is back towards the Main Vegas airport, however they offer complimentary shuttles to pick you up and drop you off from your hotel. Flights start from $100 USD.
After a busy afternoon soaking up the views, take a little time to enjoy a relaxing meal from the Eiffel Tower restaurant. Located inside the Paris Hotel, you'll get the elevator from the Casino floor up high to give you those spectacular views.
The views, oh my the views.... do yourself a favour and ask for a window table for front row seats to the dancing Bellagio fountains !
Tip: Book dinner before sunset so that you get to see the strip change from daylight, watch the sunset, to Vegas by night!
Sign up for the early morning Red Rock Canyon tour with Pink Jeep Adventure Tours .
There are two departure times, 8am & 1pm, we suggest the morning as it tends to be a little quieter than the afternoon, plus it will be cooler. The tour guide had us covered on ice cold water and snacks too.
Spend 4 hours with your jeep driver , if you're lucky like us you may get the jeep all to yourselves! Experience a proper off-road adventure, it's a bit bumpy but the best way to explore all those 4-wheel drive roads that other cars can't get to, more often than not we had the canyon completely to ourselves. Our tour guide was super knowledgeable, and taught us a lot about the local wildlife, the local plants and how the area was formed.
See the Calico hills , desert tortoise (yes, the desert has tortoises!) and soak up the incredible landscapes! ($99 pp - more info on their website )
Enjoy afternoon Tea on the 23rd floor at Waldorf Astoria
A slight change in pace, after a racy morning head back for a quick shower and head to the Waldorf Astoria for afternoon tea . We were spoilt with unrivalled Vegas views, we enjoyed multiple flavoured teas and a selection of sandwiches and sweet treats across a couple of hours. The room itself is grand and beautifully decorated, perfect to take a few snap and soak up the experience. (From $48 pp. More info on their website )
Las Vegas is a place that knows how to entertain, there is a very good chance that you will want to watch a show, perhaps more than one...! There are too many excellent choices, it can be hard to choose which to pick. We had narrowed it down to 3 options... Le Reve, Absinthe and Cirque du Soleil which all came highly recommended from Vegas locals . We decided on Le Reve and wow did it not disappoint!
The flips, the jumps, the synchronized swimmers, the music, the lights, and finally.. the water! It is completely mind-blowing as performers hang dangerously from the ceiling, and plunge shocking heights into the pool below. All performed inside an aqua theatre the outfits and the theme is spectacular, a show that we would highly recommend.
Don't forget to swing by Black Tap which is on the way down towards the Wynn hotel & Casino where Le Reve is performed. They don't serve any ordinary milkshakes, they are huge, they are tasty and oh so naughty! The most instagrammable desserts you'll ever see/taste..
Take a slow morning, enjoy brekky at the hotel. If you're staying at the Paris hotel, there are many restaurants to choose from, we recommend Le Village Buffet ($25 USD pp). Head straight for the omelette station, and enjoy the mimosa bar!
Today get ready to enjoy some more of the Las Vegas food scene!
Spend lunch at The Cosmopolitan building not far from the Bellagio fountains and head to Estiatorio Milos , be transported to the Mediterranean coast dining on Mediterranean cuisine, fresh fish and great wine in a beautiful setting.
While you're in T he Cosmopolitan , visit The Chandelier Bar which covers multiple levels of the building, a huge grand and sparkling chandelier adorns the entire room and serves (in our opinion) some of the most delicious cocktails on the strip.
Secret tip: Ask for the cocktail that ' isn't on the menu ' that is served with a flower and makes your drink taste different after giving a tingling sensation on your tongue!
Stop by T he Palms , a hotel and casino that has recently undergone major renovation and now at the forefront on Vegas' art scene. The bar on the ground floor known as the Unknown Bar was designed by Damien Hirst himself, every aspect from the spot paintings to the 13-foot tiger shark suspended at the bar. For an extra treat you can stay in the Empathy Suite which is a suite designed entirely by Damien Hirst and is yours for a cool $100,000 per night.. *cough* too much?
Head just out of town to the Red Rock Casino for Japanese cuisine at Blue Ribbon Sushi before heading to watch the Las Vegas Aviators at The Las Vegas Ballpark.
The Las Vegas Ballpark is the newest addition to Downtown Summerlin located just south of City National Arena, the practice facility for the Vegas Golden Knights. This brand new ballpark can accommodate 10,000 people to watch Las Vegasâ Triple-A baseball team, The Aviators. Throughout the ballpark guests can find party zones and decks, a kidsâ zone, bars, and a pool. (Tickets start from $18 pp - more information at their website )
Disclaimer: This post is sponsored by the Las Vegas Tourism Board. Please reach out to us if you have any questions on the above itinerary, or would like any more information about our trip! Thank you for reading, Love Alex & James
Recent Posts
A Winter Wonderland Escape: Everything you need to know about visiting Lapland (Rovaniemi) Finland
JAPAN TRAVEL TRIPS: 17 Things to know when planning your trip in 2022
The Ultimate guide to 10 days in Japan 2022 - Osaka, Kyoto & more!
- Skip to right header navigation
- Skip to main content
- Skip to primary sidebar
Follow Me Away
Couples Travel & Travel Photography Blog
- Middle East
- North America
- South America
- Photography
- Travel Tips
Weekend In Las Vegas: An Epic 3 Days In Vegas Itinerary
October 16, 2023 // by Follow Me Away // Leave a Comment
If you’re looking to plan the best weekend in Las Vegas, then you’ve come to the right place! I’ve been to Las Vegas several times, and it’s a fun city to explore. There is always something happening, day or night, and it truly is a city that has something for everyone.
For this Las Vegas itinerary, I’m focusing on top things to do in Las Vegas for first time visitors. So that means it’s full of all the ‘classic’ Las Vegas weekend trip stops. But, even if you’ve visited Las Vegas several times, you may find something new to check out!
Of course, feel free to add things or change stops to personalize your Las Vegas weekend itinerary to your needs or interests. Because there are so attractions in Vegas, and it’s a city that truly never sleeps, there is an endless amount of things to do in Las Vegas in a weekend.
While there are tons of things to do, you can easily see the main highlights if you spend 3 days in Las Vegas. Most people go to Las Vegas Nevada for a long weekend, so just 3 or 4 days at a time. So don’t feel like you’ll miss out on anything if you only have a weekend to spend in Las Vegas.
With all that in mind, let’s dive into the epic Las Vegas weekend itinerary, and all of our top tips to make your trip super memorable and tons of fun!
The Perfect 3 Day Weekend In Las Vegas Itinerary
Day 1: old meets new on the vegas strip.
For your first day in Las Vegas, I’ve planned a packed day full of highlights on the downtown area of Las Vegas Blvd, aka, the Vegas Strip. You’ll get a taste of some of Vega’s older, iconic attractions, and the new attractions that are making their mark on the city.
Stop 1: The Pepper Club For Breakfast
Just off the strip, you’ll find The Pepper Club , a restaurant in the English Hotel. The Pepper Club is a fairly new restaurant in the Vegas foodie scene. But it’s already become extremely popular. Especially for breakfast and brunch lovers.
They serve brunch daily from 7am to 3pm. So no matter what time you decide to start your first day, you can stop at the Pepper Club. On their menu, you’ll find classics like stuffed French toast, avocado toast, and a wide variety of pastries.
Stop 2: See The Famous The Little White Wedding Chapel
After you’ve had breakfast, you’ll take a short 15-minute walk to the first stop of the day. The Little White Wedding Chapel is one of many, many, wedding chapels in Las Vegas. Wedding chapels are one of the things that make Vegas for couples a top destination.
But what makes the Little White Wedding Chapel so famous is its long history of being the wedding chapel of the rich and famous. In fact, it’s considered the most famous wedding chapel in Vegas! Some of the chapel’s most famous couples include Joe Jonas and Sophie Turner and Ben Affleck and Jennifer Lopez.
Other celebrities who exchanged nuptials at the chapel include Britney Spears, Michael Jordan, Judy Garland, Sylvester Stalone, and so many others. Part of the chapel’s fame is due to the “Tunnel of Love”, which is the world’s first drive-thru wedding venue.
You can’t spend 3 days in Las Vegas without at least checking out one of the famous chapels – even if you don’t plan on getting married. So we suggest a quick look around the Little White Wedding Chapel.
Stop 3: Get Scared At The Zak Bagan’s Haunted Museum
After you’ve seen an old, yet iconic piece of Las Vegas, why not head to a mixture of old and new? Zak Bagan’s Haunted Museum is quickly becoming one of the most popular newer attractions in Las Vegas. You may recognize the name from the Travel Channel show, Ghost Adventures , which has been airing for over 15 years. So Bagan’s and his crew of ghost hunters have gained quite the following.
The museum is housed in a historic Vegas mansion, from 1938. Inside, you’ll find Bagan’s private collection of supposedly haunted objects. Since its opening, the museum has frequently won awards for being the ‘Best Museum in Las Vegas’, the ‘Best Attraction in Las Vegas’, and tons more. So while it might not be a topic that interests everyone, it’s an incredibly popular thing to do in Las Vegas in a weekend.
If you want to continue exploring the haunted side of Las Vegas, you can also book your ticket for a haunted Las Vegas ghost tour !
Book Your Ghost Tour Here: Getyourguide.com
Stop 4: Visit Gold & Silver Pawn Shop
Just a short five-minute walk away from Zak Bagan’s Haunted Museum, you’ll find another Las Vegas location that was made famous on TV. The Gold & Silver Pawn Shop gained fame after starring in the History Channel show, Pawn Stars ! It’s a real pawn shop that has a constantly rotating inventory.
If you’ve seen the show, you’ll also know that it often features famous artifacts relating to Las Vegas history. Because it’s a real shop, you can just walk in and purchase something if you want. There is also a guided tour you can take that offers a behind-the-scenes look at the pawn shop.
You’ll also stop by other famous Vegas shops featured on the History Channel, like Counts Kustoms and Shelby American. This tour is likely to sell out, so we suggest booking your ticket online ! But you can also just pop into the shop to take a look around and then head to your next destination.
Book Your Tour Here: Getyourguide.com
Stop 5: Lunch
After touring the world-famous Gold & Silver Pawn, you’ll probably be ready for lunch. There are a ton of different options in this area. But right across the street from the pawn shop, you’ll find Rick’s Rollin Smoke BBQ . The restaurant is owned and operated by Rick Harrison, one of the stars of Pawn Stars . It’s got tons of great reviews on Google, so if you like BBQ, this is a great stop for lunch.
There are also a few smaller restaurants in the area. In particular, you’ll find quite a few small family-owned Mexican restaurants, an Italian restaurant, a pizza shop, and even a healthy whole foods cafĂ©. So I suggest just stopping for a bite to eat at whatever restaurant sounds the best to you!
Stop 6: Enjoy The Fremont Street Experience
Depending on where you’ve stopped for lunch, your next stop is only about a 15 to 20-minute walk away. Fremont Street is a giant 24-hour mall full of both high-end and ‘budget’, casinos, and entertainment venues stores for you to explore.
But the big attraction to this mall is the Fremont Street Experience. The entire ceiling of the mall is a huge LED canopy. Throughout the day and night, the huge LED canopy puts on a brilliant light display. Honestly, you could hang out there for quite a while just watching the unique and massive display change.
It’s such a pretty light display that just enhances the shopping experience. If you’re not up for shopping or hitting the casinos, you can take a walking tour of the famous mall and enjoy the show!
Book Your Walking Tour Here: Getyourguide.com
Stop 7: Learn About Famous Mobsters At The Mob Museum
The next stop on your Las Vegas itinerary is just a five-minute walk away, and it’s the Mob Museum. When most people think of the notorious ‘Mob Era’ in American history, they probably think of cities like Chicago and NYC. But Las Vegas was also a popular hot spot of mob activity. So, in 2012 Las Vegas became the home of the National Museum of Organized Crime and Law Enforcement, aka, the Mob Museum.
The museum focuses on not just Las Vegas organized crime history. Because it’s the national museum on the subject, it features mob history from all over the country. It’s an immersive museum, so it’s not like your typical quiet museum environment.
You’ll head into the crime lab to use forensics to solve crimes, sample moonshine during the distillery tour, and step into a prohibition-era speakeasy in the basement of the museum. If you’re looking for a unique museum experience in Las Vegas, make sure you book your tickets to explore the Mob Museum!
Get Your Entry Ticket Here: Getyourguide.com
Stop 8: Explore The Neon Museum
The last stop on your first day of your 3 days in Las Vegas is another unique museum experience. Just a 15-minute walk away from the Mob Museum, you’ll find the Neon Museum. The Neon Museum is another thing to do in Las Vegas in a weekend that combines old and new Vegas.
You can book a tour of the Neon Museum , from 3 to 11 pm. The museum is open later, and throughout the night, so that you can experience the signs all lit up. Not all of the neon signs in the museum still work, but the ones that do are so cool to see turned on at night.
In the museum, you’ll find iconic neon lights that once added to the Vegas skyline, dating all the way back to the 1930s! You’ll also learn about the history of the lights, how neon lights were made, and what made them so unique. It’s a super cool way to end the first day of your Las Vegas weekend trip!
Book Your Helicopter And Neon Museum At Night Tour Here: Getyourguide.com
Stop 9: Dinner
There aren’t a ton of dining options right by the Neon Museum. So you may have to head back farther into the main area of the Las Vegas strip to grab something to eat. However, if that’s not an option for you, there are a few restaurants nearby. You’ll have to walk a few blocks, but there is a sports bar, a Salvadorian restaurant, and a taqueria near the museum.
The museum is near a few public transportation stops though. So you can easily head back into the heart of Las Vegas if you’d like more options for dinner. Especially if your hotel is farther down the strip! A lot of hotels in Las Vegas also have massive buffets that you can enjoy for dinner.
Day 2: Explore Classic Las Vegas
For the second day of your 3 days in Las Vegas itinerary, I’m taking you to all of the Las Vegas classics! These are the activities and attractions that everyone should see and do at least once when visiting Vegas.
Stop 1: Zeppola Café For Breakfast
For breakfast, I suggest starting your day at the Zeppola CafĂ© . The Zeppola CafĂ© is located in the Venetian Resort, which is where you’ll be spending the first part of day 2. They only have two locations, one in NYC, and then this location in Las Vegas.
On their menu, you’ll find plenty of delicious options that are a slight twist on breakfast classics. They have menu items like white chocolate ricotta pancakes, lobster roll brioche, and salmon and avocado croissants. They also have more traditional breakfast dishes like omelets, brioche French toast, and pancakes.
Stop 2: Visit The Grand Canal Shoppes At The Venetian Resort
Since you’re already at the Venetian Resort for breakfast, you’ll want to take some time to explore the Grand Canal Shoppes. You can explore the huge mall yourself, or book a walking tour from the Venetian to the Bellagio. It’s a great option if you want to see the shoppes, but don’t care about actually shopping. There are also restaurants and performance venues in the mall.
Whatever option you choose, you could easily spend a few hours exploring the Grand Canal Shoppes. There are tons and tons of stores, ranging from designer fashion, tech, and huge toy stores. But what makes this mall so unique is that you will literally ride on gondolas, like you’re in Venice, to get around large parts of the mall.
Stop 3: Ride The High Roller
Just a five-minute walk away you’ll find the High Roller. The High Roller is a huge Ferris wheel that measures over 550-feet tall! You’ll find it attached to the LINQ Hotel. It’s very similar to the London Eye, not only because of its height but also because of the size of the ‘cabins’.
The ‘cabins’ are massive and can hold up to 40 people inside! While you go up and around the Ferris wheel, you’ll get to experience 360-degree views of the Las Vegas skyline. To skip the line, I suggest booking an entry ticket in advance . It’s not a super long ride, but it’s definitely worth it for the views alone!
Stop 4: Lunch At Maxie’s Of Las Vegas
After riding the High Roller, you’ll start making your way to the Bellagio Resort. On the way, I suggest stopping for lunch at Maxie’s of Las Vegas . It is located in the LINQ Hotel, which is also where the High Roller is. Maxie’s is a casual diner that has hearty entrees as well as classic diner sandwiches.
The restaurant is probably best known for its ‘novelty’ menu items. These include dishes like a cube of jalapeno mac and cheese, fruity pebbles french toast, cotton candy pancakes, and their ‘World Famous’ benedict boxes. But they also have very normal diner menus items, like burgers, chicken tenders, and omelets.
Stop 5: Explore The Grounds Of The Bellagio
From Maxie’s, you’ll take a short 15-minute walk to the Bellagio Resort. Keep in mind that you can book a walking tour from the Venetian to the Bellagio if you want to skip the High Roller and lunch at Maxie’s!
The Bellagio is easily one of the most famous and popular resorts in Las Vegas. It is meant to resemble a quaint European village, but more luxurious. The hotel itself overlooks a bright blue lake where you’ll find the famous Bellagio fountain show.
Even if you aren’t staying at this resort, I highly suggest exploring the grounds. Along with the casino, the resort is full of amenities and things to do. There is a fine art gallery, a conservatory and botanical garden, a fountain show, and even a late-night lounge.
Stop 6: Dinner At Chin Chin Las Vegas
After exploring the Bellagio Resort, I suggest getting dinner at Chin Chin Las Vegas . Chin Chin Las Vegas is one of the most popular restaurants in the city, and for good reason. It’s an upscale Chinese restaurant in the New York – New York Hotel and Casino, with over 2,000 4 star reviews on Google.
There are a few Chin Chin locations in the US, and the Las Vegas location is one of the most popular. I highly suggest booking a reservation ahead of time if you can. Their menu item is full of ‘modern’ takes on Chinese and Asian classic dishes.
You can try their crispy spicy honey chicken, tangerine beef, mapo tofu, and more. They also have classic favorites like lo mein, fried rice, dumplings, wontons, and dim sum. With plenty of vegetarian options, it’s easy for just about everyone in the group to find an amazing meal for dinner.
Stop 7: See A Show
Las Vegas is known for hosting some of the most famous musicians in the world for their ‘residencies’. A Las Vegas residency for an artist can last anywhere from a few weeks to a few years. It’s where you can go to see many artists that aren’t really touring anymore. Like Cher, Celine Dion, U2, Lady Gaga, Garth Brooks, and Carrie Underwood.
Musicians of all genres have residencies in Vegas, so you’re sure to see an artist that you like on the list of current residencies. You’ll also find a ton of Cirque Du Soleil troops performing at different venues, magicians, mentalists like Criss Angel, and so much more. So I suggest planning ahead and booking tickets for one of the many shows available every night in Las Vegas!
Book Your Show Tickets Here: Getyourguide.com
Stop 8: Take A Picture With The Iconic Las Vegas Sign
If you haven’t yet, make sure to take a picture with the iconic Las Vegas sign on your last night in the city! The sign is actually a lot smaller than most people realize, and there is plenty of room in front of it to get your picture taken. You can even book a photographer and have a professional photo shoot with your group in front of the sign!
When you go to take your picture, please remember to take your picture and then move out of the way. It’s a really popular photo stop for everyone visiting Las Vegas. So make sure to not hog the sign too much, so that everyone can get their picture at the famous sign. Just remember to be kind and courteous at this popular photo stop!
Book Your Photoshoot Here: Getyourguide.com
Day 3: Head To The Desert
For your third day of this 3 days in Las Vegas itinerary, I suggest heading out to the desert. There are a few popular options, but I’ve picked my personal favorite day trips from Vegas for you to explore.
Now, if you only have 2 days in Vegas, you may want to skip these and just focus on the suggestions above! Or choose only one and remix the suggestions above!
Stop 1: Breakfast At Mr. Mamas
Before you head out to the desert for the last day of your weekend getaway to Las Vegas, I suggest stopping for breakfast at Mr. Mamas . Mr. Mamas is slightly off-the-beaten path since it’s not right on the Vegas strip. However, it’s a super popular place for breakfast in Vegas.
It’s a classic diner serving breakfast and lunch daily. They are known for their ‘famous’ cinnamon roll, but they also have breakfast menu items like omelets, french toast, pancakes, and full breakfast spreads. With almost 3.5k 4-star reviews on Google, this is one breakfast spot that you can’t miss when you visit Vegas.
Stop 2: Valley Of Fire State Park
Valley of Fire State Park is one of my favorite State Parks in the Western US. It’s absolutely beautiful and always worth a visit. If you have your own car or want to rent a car while you’re in Vegas, you can easily get to Valley of Fire. It’s just an hour and a half drive away from the heart of Las Vegas.
However, if you don’t have access to a car, don’t worry. There are tons of companies that offer tours to Valley of Fire, and other desert attractions near Las Vegas. You can book a day trip tour to Valley of Fire State Park or even overnight trips. All of the guided tours give you plenty of time to explore the park for yourself. But you’ll also learn about the park’s history from a knowledgeable guide.
Book Your Day Trip To Valley Of Fire State Park Here: Getyourguide.com
Optional Additional Stop: The Hoover Dam
If you have your own car, you can also add the Hoover Dam to your day trip to the desert. It’s not necessarily on the way to Valley of Fire State Park, so keep that in mind. If you’d rather see the Hoover Dam instead of Valley of Fire State Park, you can do that.
Like the state park, there are tons of tour companies that offer day trips to the Hoover Dam that you can book. Just choose whatever is the most interesting option for you, and book your tour! No matter which option you pick, make sure to book your tickets ahead of time, to make sure your choice doesn’t sell out.
Book Your Day Trip To The Hoover Dam Here: Getyourguide.com
Where To Stay During Your Weekend In Las Vegas
The venetian resort.
One of the most popular resorts in Las Vegas is the Venetian Resort . Not only is it full of cool amenities, but it’s also practically right in the middle of all the popular things to do and see in Vegas. The Venetian is a 5-star resort, so it is on the more expensive side.
However, if it works within your budget, you’ll be glad you booked your Las Vegas weekend getaway there. Inside you’ll find over 40 international restaurants, a huge shopping mall (that is an itinerary stop!), and a state-of-the-art casino.
Book Your Stay Here: Booking.com
The Mandalay Bay Resort
The Mandalay Bay Resort is a more budget-friendly option that is still located on the Vegas Strip. It is towards the middle of the range for price points of hotels in Vegas. So you’ll get to stay around all the top spots but without the nightly price of somewhere like the Venetian. The resort has some really great amenities too. Like their lazy river, floor-to-ceiling windows in every room so you can enjoy the view, and a huge casino.
One of the downsides of Mandalay Bay is that it is a pretty popular location for conferences. They have a huge conference center, which is booked pretty frequently for events where people travel to Las Vegas. So during certain times of the year, your room selection may be a bit more limited to accommodate travelers for conferences.
Hilton Garden Inn Las Vegas Strip South
The best budget-friendly option for a hotel in Las Vegas, that keeps you on the Strip, is the Hilton Garden Inn Las Vegas Strip South . The hotel averages around $150-$200 a night, which is fairly inexpensive for hotels on the Las Vegas Strip. So you won’t break the bank if you stay here.
One of the reasons it’s so budget-friendly is because it’s not packed with amenities like other hotels on the Strip. They offer free transport to the airport, an on-site restaurant that serves breakfast and dinner, and a fitness center.
They do have a small pool, but nothing like some of the other hotel pools in Vegas. So if you want to spend the day by the pool or hitting the casino, you’ll have to do so at another hotel.
Top Restaurants To Try In Vegas In 3 Days
Top of the world.
If you’re looking for an upscale steakhouse with epic views of Las Vegas, then check out the Top of the World restaurant. The Top of the World is located in the STRAT Hotel and Casino, at the very top of the hotel. This is definitely a pricey restaurant and they have a strict ‘upscale dress code’. So keep that in mind!
It’s an especially popular restaurant in Vegas for couples looking for a romantic evening. Their menu is a classic steakhouse menu, but they do have a few options for vegetarians. It’s a super popular restaurant in Vegas, so I highly suggest making a reservation ahead of time!
Esther’s Kitchen
Esther’s Kitchen is a mid-range restaurant close to downtown Las Vegas, in the Las Vegas Arts District. It’s a seasonal Italian restaurant that is cozy, like stepping into a village restaurant in Italy.
Because they are a seasonal restaurant, their menu changes with the seasons. This means they are always serving dishes made with fresh, seasonal produce and ingredients.
They serve lunch Monday through Friday, brunch on Saturdays and Sundays, and dinner daily. They do take reservations, which I always suggest booking ahead of time. If you’re in the mood for classic, freshly made, Italian dishes, then head to Esther’s Kitchen!
If you’re in the mood for pizza, you can’t go wrong with a visit to Evel Pie . Named after famous dare-devil, Evel Knievel, the pizza joint is a nod to the dare-devil and the classic 1970’s American culture of pizza and punk. It is New York style pizza with only a few classic toppings.
Those include cheese, peperoni, BBQ chicken, their take on a Hawaiian pizza, and a few others. They also have a few vegetarian pizza flavors on their menu too. If you have time, they will also make you your own vegan pizza. But they don’t typically have slices of vegan pizza ready to go.
Getting Around During Your Weekend In Vegas
There are a ton of different options for getting around during your weekend in Vegas. Most of the top attractions are located right on Las Vegas Blvd, aka, the Strip. So it’s very easy to walk to pretty much everything. If you’re planning to drive to Las Vegas, it’s a very car friendly city.
There are plenty of parking lots, street parking, and parking garages. But keep in mind it is a city, so the traffic can be a bit rough at times. Las Vegas also has public transportation options, which include the Monorail, taxis, ride share programs, and the city bus.
Insider Tips For A Weekend Trip To Las Vegas
Sin City is a really popular tourist destination in the US. So for this Las Vegas trip planner, I’m including some of my favorite insider tips to get the most out of your 3 days in Vegas. The best time to visit Las Vegas is definitely in the late winter and early spring if you want to avoid the heat. So I suggest planning your trip for sometime between February and April.
Because it’s such a popular travel destination, you’ll want to book everything well in advance. Even tickets to the museums and shows can sell out if you wait until the last minute to book them! So book everything as far in advance as possible to ensure you get to see and do everything you want.
If you don’t need to plan to spend an actual weekend in Vegas, but have some flexibility in what days of the week you can stay in Las Vegas for 3 days, you have a few options for flying in. The cheapest days to fly into Las Vegas are typically Tuesday, Wednesday, and Sunday.
They are also typically the less busy options. Friday and Saturday are super popular travel days for Las Vegas, so if you want to avoid the crowds, try skipping Friday or Saturday flights!
There are so many things to see in Las Vegas in 3 days, and it’s truly an epic long weekend vacation! I hope this Las Vegas trip itinerary, my travel tips, and suggestions for hotels and restaurants help you plan your next trip to Las Vegas! Do you have any suggestions for first time visitors to Vegas? If so, I’d love to hear your suggestions in the comments!
Reader Interactions
Leave a reply cancel reply.
Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *
Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.
This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .
ULTIMATE Las Vegas family itinerary
By: Author Wandermust Daddy
Are you looking for the ultimate Las Vegas family itinerary for your family trip? In this guide we outline our favourite Vegas itinerary with kids to help you enjoy Sin City.
Note about this itinerary : Although I have outlined these as specific days, they can be done in any order depending on what suits your days, and weather best.
Now before we get onto actual itinerary outlines we thought it best to discuss how to get around Vegas for this itinerary and where you should stay to minimise your travel time.
Table of Contents
Best Ways to Get Around Las Vegas for this itinerary
While you won’t need a car for your day on the Vegas Strip, we do recommend having a car for this itinerary. Without a car you will be unable to visit Red Rock Canyon, Death Valley National Park or the Mojave National Preserve.
However for your day on the Strip you can choose to get around either on foot, via the monorail, using the hotel shuttles or a Lyft or Uber.
For more information on if you need a car for Vegas check out this post.
On this trip we also visited some other cities as part of our Nevada – California Road Trip with toddlers. So if you want to follow our road trip be sure to check out some of our other regional city guides:
- San Diego with toddlers
- San Francisco with toddlers
- Las Vegas with Toddlers
- Palm Springs with toddlers
Where to Stay for this Las Vegas with kids itinerary
Best places to stay in Las Vegas with toddlers and Young Kids
The answer to where to stay in Las Vegas with family is a tricky one. You can almost be overwhelmed with choice when it comes to finding the perfect hotel in Vegas and it is worth shop around to find out if anywhere is offering a deal (you can often find them with a bit of searching).
The first thing we now look for when we visit Las Vegas with family is a hotel without a casino.
Hotels without casinos are inherently more family friendly in my opinion and will more likely be non smoking – or at least not have lots of groups of smokers which is obviously a healthier choice when traveling with kids.
Some of our favorite places to stay with kids in Vegas are:
- Tahiti Village Hotel – a great off strip hotel
- Four Season Las Vegas – a casinoless strip hotel
- Waldorf Astoria
- Wyndham Desert Blue – this even has an indoor play area for kids
- Palms Place Hotel and Spa
- Vdara
- Platinum Hotel
- Hilton Garden Inn – has a free shuttle to Mandalay Bay
Las Vegas family itinerary
Las vegas sign .
Kids at Las Vegas Sign / Las Vegas Family Itinerary / Las Vegas Itinerary with kids
No trip to any trip to Las Vegas is complete without getting a family photo taken with the Las Vegas sign. The Las Vegas sign is located at the end of the strip near the Luxor hotel.
However, the only problem with the Las Vegas sign is that it gets crazy busy with super long lines. If you are traveling to Las Vegas with kids, especially if you are traveling to Las Vegas with toddlers or babies or if you are traveling to Vegas pregnant , you will want to keep them out of the midday sun. Vegas is a hot place and the queue for the Las Vegas sign has absolutely no shade.
For this reason we recommend that you do this first thing in the morning as the lines tend to be much smaller first thing in the morning than later in the day.
Red Rock Canyon
Red Rock Canyon with Kids / Red Rock Canyon with toddlers
And once you have done the Vegas Sign we recommend heading to Red Rock Canyon National Preserve.
Red Rock Canyon National Preserve is a short drive from Vegas at only 20 km and around 40 minutes from the Strip.
Red Rock Canyon has a scenic drive that is about c.13 miles long but there are plenty of pull overs and overlooks along the route, alongside some really easy and family friendly hikes.
Some of our favorite hikes with kids at Red Rock Canyon are:
- Lost Creek – Children’s Discovery Trail
- Petroglyph Wall Travel and the
- Fire Ecology trail
Red Rock Canyon is absolutely perfect for those who would like to visit the desert and get outside during your visit to Vegas. For more information on visit Red Rock Canyon with kids check out this post.
If you are visiting Red Rock Canyon during the peak months of October to May then you absolutely will need to pre book your tickets for a timed slot. Timed Reservations are available online here .
And for those who are traveling to Red Rock Canyon with teenagers and older kids you could check out one of the more adventurous activities on offer such as:
- Horseback riding
- Rock Climbing
- Jeep Tour
Also if you are visiting over this period you should consider taking a packed lunch or picnic with you. There are no facilities to buy lunch or snacks at Red Rock so you will need to take everything with you.
Alternatively you could grab lunch on your way back towards Vegas.
Mandalay Bay Aquarium
And once you have finished at Red Rock Canyon, why not head back towards the Strip and check out the Mandalay Bay Aquarium.
The aquarium is a sure fire hit with kids in Vegas and is a great way to escape the afternoon sun sun Las Vegas. There are also some add on experiences that you could get to enhance your experience such as stingray feeding and sea turtle feeds.
You can book your tickets for the Shark Reef Aquarium here
Top Tip : There is a food court next to the aquarium with lots of fast food options if you are looking for a cheap and quick place to feed a fussy toddler.
Day 2: Las Vegas Strip with Kids
Best things to do in Las Vegas with toddlers and Young Kids
No trip to Vegas is complete without a visit to the Strip. On Day 2 we will be exploring the best things to do on the Las Vegas strip with kids.
Ride a Gondola
Riding gondolas are an institution in Vegas at the Venetian Hotel but it can be a little expensive. For this reason we recommend starting your day with a gondola ride as the price and queues are far less first thing in the morning.
The cost of the gondolas is usually34$ per person Monday through Thursday , $39 per person Friday through Sunday.
Kids will love taking a tour of a hotel via a this fun interactive boat.
Shopping on the Strip
Once you have finished on the gondolas at the Venetian it is time to indulge in some retail therapy with kids. Although you don’t usually associate shopping with kids, there are plenty of shops on the Las Vegas strip that cater to families specifically.
Shops that my kids love on the Vegas strip include:
- the M&M Store and Shops
- Hershey’s Chocolate World – there are over 800 Hershey’s Chocolate and candy available in this store so be ready for your kids to have a serious sugar rush.
- The Coca Cola Store – although you can just do bit of shopping here, one of the best things to do with older children is a bit of soda sampling. They offer a taste test of cola from around the world.
- Lolli & Pops
And depending on how long you spend shopping you could add one of the following activities into your itinerary too:
- Bally’s Twilight Golf – an indoor neon mini golf course inside the famous Bally’s Hotel
- Marvel Avenger’s Station at Treasure Island – this would be particularly fun for teenagers in Vegas who love the Marvel Avengers movie franchise. The Avengers S.T.A.T.I.O.N. is an exhibit that offers fans a chance to look at costumes and weapons from the movies. $40 for adults and kids 12 and above. $30 for kids ages 4 to 11.
- Circus Acts at Circus Circus – usually there are Circus acts in the foyer starting at around lunchtime. Also for those who are traveling with older children there is the Vegas Amusement park Adventureland.
- Flamingos at Flamingo
And while you are walking along the Vegas Strip, one not grab some dinner. There are a variety of eateries for any price point of the Vegas strip from chain restaurants like Panda Express to more child friendly eats like BlackTap with their famous Freakshakes.
Bellagio Conservatory and Botanical Gardens
Bellagio Conservatory – Las Vegas Family Itinerary
After dinner on this day, it is all about the Bellagio hotel. The next two things can be done in whatever order you prefer. We have down first a visit to the Bellagio Conservatory and Botanical Gardens.
This is one of the best free things to do in Vegas, and if you are visiting Las Vegas in one of the holidays such as Christmas, you will find it is beautifully decorated for the season.
Bellagio Fountains
And to finish the night off head to the Bellagio Fountains. An absolute must-do in Las Vegas.
Depending on the day of the week the show either runs every 15 or 30 minutes, for the best part of the day on weekends and from 3pm on weekdays.
The times of the Fountains Shows currently are
Monday – Friday
- 3 pm – 8 pm (show every 30 minutes)
- 8 pm – 12am (show every 15 minutes).
Saturday – Sunday
- 12 pm – 8 pm (show every 30 minutes)
- 8 pm – 12am (show every 15 minutes)
We have watched the show both during the night and daytime and I have to say that we enjoyed the show best in the evening best. This is because you can see the lights much better in the evening and night.
However depending on the day of week and time of year you go it could be rowdier on the strip in the evening.
Day 3: Museums Galore
Las Vegas is not famed for its museum however there are a lot of fun and one of a kind museums in Vegas. And there is something for everyone from Teenagers to toddlers including:
Children’s Discovery Museum
The Children’s Discovery Museum is just a six minute drive away from the Trip and will be loved by toddlers and those under 10 years of age.
Some of the exhibits include:
- Toddler Town,
- the Discover Lab,
- Eco City, and
- Young at Art.
General admission tickets cost 15.50USD.
You can book tickets here
Please note; the museum is closed on Mondays and some holidays.
However if you have older children there are a couple of museum that may appeal including:
The Mob Museum is housed in the former Las Vegas Post Office and Courthouse with lots of interactive exhibits. However due to some of the graphic content I would only recommend this museum for children in their teenage years.
General Mob Museum admission tickets are $29.95 per person but there are more add on experiences.
Neon Museum / Las Vegas Boneyard
Neon Boneyard – best things to do in Las Vegas with teenagers
Ever wanted to know what happens to neon signs when they aren’t being used anymore. This is where the neon museum and Las Vegas boneyard comes into play.
The Neon Museum is home to over 250 historic Vegas signs some of which have been restored. Teenagers in particular will love this.
And while you are in the area be sure to check out
The Fremont Street Experience
Day 4: las vegas day trip , death valley national park.
We absolutely love visiting National Parks with kids . And despite the name, Death Valley national park is even a great national park to visit with toddlers. The only downside to visiting Death Valley from Vegas is it can be a long drive for smaller children.
Mojave National Preserve
However if you want to visit the desert with children from Vegas, at around an hours drive away is the Mojave National Preserve. Here children can learn all about the wildlife of the desert and life in the area.
On the way to this you can also stop at
Seven Magic Mountains
This art installation is located 20 minutes outside of Las Vegas on the way to the Mojave.
There isn’t a lot to do here but standing in front of these brightly coloured rocks make for some great family photos.
This impressive structure is likely to impress older children or teenagers more than toddlers but it is a true engineering masterpiece that is one for your Vegas bucket list.
Things to do in Las Vegas at Night with kids
One of the things you might be wondering if you are visiting Las Vegas with family is what is there to do at night that is child friendly.
Most people associate Vegas with drinking, and gambling but actually there are plenty of child friendly things to do in Vegas at night with kids including:
A Light and fountain show that is a Vegas icon.
Tournament of Kings
If you and your kids love Medieval times then they will love Tournament of Kings. There is jousting and medieval feasts galore. Your kids will absolutely adore this.
Cirque du Soliel
The Mystere show does not have an age limit so you can fo this with toddlers to teenagers. Even little kids will be in awe at the aerobatic skills on display here.
Blue Man Group
The Blue Man Group is the signature show at the Luxor. This is suitable for children aged 3 and up. I personally love this show and it is completely child friendly.
Click here to shop tickets.
FAQs about this Las Vegas kids itinerary?
How many days do you need in las vegas with family.
You can do anything from 2 days to 5 days in Vegas with kids without being bored. However for me, I think the sweet spot is either 3 or 4 days in Vegas with kids
Is Vegas a good trip for families?
Although Vegas may be associated more with adult orientated fun, Vegas is actually a good trip for families so long as you aren’t expecting to spend time in casinos.
Can kids walk through casinos in Vegas?
GRAND CANYON TOURS | (866) 218-3427
- Grand Canyon West Rim
- Grand Canyon South Rim
- Grand Canyon North Rim
- Grand Canyon East Area
- Red Rock Canyon
- Valley of Fire
- All Destinations
- Airplane Tours
- Helicopter Tours
- ATV/UTV Tours
- Hummer Tours
- Rafting Tours
- Popular Tours
- Tours on Sale
- Vacation Packages
- The Grand Canyon
- The Southwest
- Adventure Resources
- Group Tours
- Tour Policies
- Tour Reviews
The Ultimate Las Vegas-Grand Canyon Road Trip Itinerary
- April 6, 2023
Las Vegas is a popular point of origin (or final destination) for a Grand Canyon road trip. What exactly makes Sin City such an ideal starting point?
- If you have enough time, its proximity to the Grand Canyon offers easy access to every spot on the Rim.
- Itâs also within easy driving distance of a number of other nearby southwest hotspots ânot to mention the smorgasbord of activities and attractions available in Sin City to any type of visitor.
- Flights to Las Vegas are usually reasonably priced compared to Phoenix (another popular point of origin for a Grand Canyon road trip).
Whether youâre planning a road trip to the Grand Canyon from Las Vegas or you’re ending your southwest journey in Sin City, weâve created a Las Vegas-Grand Canyon road trip itinerary to get you rolling.
Before we jump into places to visit on the way, youâll need to decide what region(s) of the Grand Canyon you want to visit. Each tourist region can be reached fairly easily from Las Vegas by car, depending on how much time you have.
If you have five days or more, and are flexible with your route, you can easily hit all four regions by following our itinerary. If you have less time, donât worryâweâve got you covered, too.
Las Vegas-Grand Canyon Road Trip
Explore all four rims of the Grand Canyon—and beyond if you want to keep the fun rolling!
Route Summary
Las Vegas â Springs Preserve â Boulder City â Hoover Dam & Lake Mead â Grand Canyon West â Route 66: Kingman and Seligman, AZ â Williams, AZ â Tusayan â South Rim National Park â Return to Las Vegas or continue east â Grand Canyon East and Page, AZ â Flagstaff, Sedona, and Jerome â Montezuma Castle â Phoenix
Total Miles Travelled: 823 miles (from Las Vegas to Phoenix); 784 miles (Las Vegas Loop) Total Driving Time: 14 hours 40 minutes; 13 hours 35 minutes Recommended Trip Duration: 5-7 days
To make it easier for road trippers who have less time to explore the southwest, weâve broken up our itinerary into two segments:
From Las Vegas to the South Rim and everything in between, including Grand Canyon West, Route 66, and the Hoover Dam. Ideal for shorter timelines, loop routes, and those beginning their road trip in Las Vegas.
- If you only have one day for your Grand Canyon road trip, opt for the West Rimâyou can easily make it there and back to Las Vegas in a single day. Save yourself the work of driving and hop on a guided tour insteadâthere are many guided tour options available, including airplane tours, helicopter floor landings, and leisurely Colorado River boat tours through the Grand Canyon.
- If you only have the time to visit one Rim, head to the South Rimâit has the greatest number of viewpoints, guided ranger programs, and hiking trails, as well as many of the most iconic sights and vistas. The best way to experience the South Rim as part of a Grand Canyon road trip is to spend the nightâthat way, you can break up the drive and check out the many other places to visit on the way to the Grand Canyon. More on that below.
- If you have more time, you can add the East Edge segment to your trip.
ROAD TRIP TIP: While it is possible to drive straight to the South Rim from Las Vegas and back in a single day, we donât recommend itâyou wonât have time to stop at the many other places to visit on the way to the Grand Canyon, and you may feel too rushed to truly enjoy the splendor of the South Rim. Instead, plan to spend the night somewhere so you can experience everything the region has to offer without feeling stressed or pressured to get back on the road, or hop on a guided South Rim tour and let someone else do the driving.
Explore the sights and attractions that lie beyond the borders of the South Rim, including Horseshoe Bend, Antelope Canyon, Monument Valley, and Bryce Canyon, as well as cities like Flagstaff, Sedona, and Phoenix. Ideal for those journeying westward towards Las Vegas from Phoenix or other eastern points of origin, or for longer road trips. If you have lots of time to work with, you can also add the East Edge component of the Las Vegas-Grand Canyon Road Trip Itinerary to the West Edge segment of our suggested route, or skip the West Edge altogether by heading straight to the South Rim from Las Vegas and continuing east.
The Ultimate Las Vegas-Grand Canyon Road Trip: West Edge route details
What can you see and do between Las Vegas and the Grand Canyon, and beyond? Letâs find out.
Las Vegas hosts nearly 43 million visitors every year. Its reputation for catering to visitors of every inclinationâincluding kidsâand its proximity to numerous Southwest locations make it an ideal spot to start your Grand Canyon road trip. Depending on your preferences, you can start your Grand Canyon road trip in Las Vegas or end your southwest adventure in Sin City.
If you have a few days to explore Las Vegas, check out our Ultimate Guide to Visiting Las Vegas for our tips for finding the right hotel, what to pack, where to eat, and what to see and do in the city limits and beyond.
The Ultimate Las Vegas Visitor Guide: Meet the Contributors
- November 10, 2021
Continue reading
Las Vegas Scams and Tourist Traps to Avoid
Visiting las vegas with kids, your first trip to las vegas: what you need to know [updated in 2023].
- April 11, 2023
15 Unforgettable Things to Do Off the Las Vegas Strip
- November 8, 2021
Nearby Attractions – Things To Do Outside Las Vegas [Updated in 2023]
A guide to tours & sightseeing opportunities in downtown las vegas.
- November 5, 2021
Las Vegas on a Budget
Las vegas packing list.
- August 3, 2022
A Guide to Las Vegas Nightlife, Parties & Clubs – How to Get in, What to Wear & More
- October 20, 2021
Shows & Performances
Las vegas restaurants – a guide to dining out in sin city.
- October 18, 2021
Springs Preserve
Located just 5 miles from the Strip, Springs Preserve is a 180-acre natural preserve featuring interactive exhibits about how to live sustainably in the desert, the history of Las Vegas, and its historic and current inhabitants.
Itâs a great place to stop if youâre beginning your southwest adventure in Las Vegas for a quick primer on area history, geology, and wildlife. If youâre ending your Grand Canyon road trip in Las Vegas too, make sure you visit Springs Preserve either before you continue your journey or head home.
Boulder City
About 30 minutes southeast of Las Vegas and just a short hop from Lake Mead and the Hoover Dam, Boulder City is the last place you can stop for major metropolitan conveniences before you hit the desert.
ROAD TRIP TIP: Â Skip the busy and expensive breakfast in Sin City and stop in Boulder City instead. Pack a picnic to enjoy in Hemenway Parkâyou may even spot a bighorn sheep. Theyâre known to frequent the area.
Hoover Dam & Lake Mead
- The Hoover Dam created the nationâs largest reservoirâLake Meadâcovering 248 square miles and containing approximately 29 million acre-feet of water. One acre-foot is equivalent to about 325,000 gallons. As a result of a drought in the Colorado River Basin, Lake Mead has since dropped to its lowest water level since it was first filled in the 1930s.
- It took a total of 21,000 workers to build the Hoover Dam. Each worker was paid an hourly wage ranging from $0.50 to $1.25. There were officially 96 construction-related fatalities, but no workers were buried alive while the Dam was poured.
- The Dam consists of approximately 4.3 million cubic yards of concreteâthatâs enough concrete to pave a 16-foot-wide, 8-inch-thick road from San Francisco to New York City.
- The Hoover Dam is not the worldâs tallest damâthat title belongs to the 1,001 foot high Jinping-I Dam in Liangshan, Sichuan, China.
- Lake Mead is Americaâs most diverse recreation area, with 600,000 hectares of mountains, canyons, and wilderness, plus two lakes where you can fish, participate in watersports, and swim.
About 40 miles east of Las Vegas, this is a great place to stop and stretch your legs while you snap a pic of Lake Mead, the Hoover Dam, and the Bypass Bridge. If you have the time, hop on a Hoover Dam tour and journey deep inside the Dam for a look at the hydroelectric generators, a chance to navigate the interior tunnels, and to learn more about the Dam. Guided tours run daily and are about one hour in duration.
The Hoover Dam isnât directly en route for road trips to the North Rim or Grand Canyon East, so if youâre heading in that direction, you might be better off making a separate trip or taking a guided Hoover Dam tour from Las Vegas so you can take your time to truly enjoy the visit.
After your visit to the Hoover Dam, cross the Bypass Bridge into Arizona.
ROAD TRIP TIP: Arizona does not observe daylight saving. After you cross the border, double check your timezones so you can adjust your clocks accordingly and stay on schedule.
- Grand Canyon West
Continue 100 miles from the Hoover Dam to Grand Canyon West. If you donât have time to visit Grand Canyon West and the South Rim, stay on Highway 93 till you reach Kingman, AZÂ .
While youâre there, be sure to check out Eagle Point and Guano Point, as well as attractions like the Skywalk, Hualapai Ranch, and the new zipline.
Learn more about what you can do and see at Grand Canyon West:
These 3 Viewpoints Will Make You Want to Visit the Grand Canyonâs West Rim
- September 24, 2021
The Grand Canyon’s West Rim has no shortage of breathtaking vistas and experiences to offer.
How Did They Build the Skywalk?
- August 24, 2021
Learn how this 1.2 million pound steel and glass structure is able to extend straight out from the edge of Eagle Point, 4,000 feet above the Canyon floor.
8 Reasons Why You Should Visit the West Rim
- August 10, 2021
There are many advantages to visiting the West Rim. Here’s why you should make the short trip to the West Rim next time you’re in Las Vegas.
8 Questions We Know You Have About the Grand Canyon Skywalk
- August 9, 2021
How does the Skywalk stay up? How thick is the glass? Keep reading to get the answer to all your questions about the Grand Canyon Skywalk.
Route 66: Kingman and Seligman, AZ
After visiting Grand Canyon West, itâs time to get your kicks on Route 66. Hop on the Mother Road in Kingman, AZ and continue your journey along one of the original highways in the U.S. Highway System.
ROUTE 66 FACT: Route 66 was established in 1926. Also known as the Main Street of America and the Mother Road, Route 66 originally stretched from Chicago through Missouri, Kansas, Oklahoma, Texas, New Mexico, and Arizona before culminating in California. Because it crossed the majority of the country, it was one of the main routes for people migrating west during the 1930s Dust Bowl.
Kingman, AZ
Kingman, AZ, is a common stop on the road between the Grand Canyon and Las Vegas or Los Angeles, and itâs where youâll catch Route 66 if youâre planning a road trip to the Grand Canyon. With over 60 restaurants to choose from, including the famous Mr. Dâz Route 66 Diner (try their famous homemade root beer), itâs a great place to stop for a bite to eat or to spend the night after exploring Grand Canyon Westâyou can even hunker down in one of the last remaining pre-WWII tourist motor courts. Kingman, AZ
Be sure to check out:
- The Arizona Route 66 Museum: Located across from Mr. Dâz Route 66 Dinner, this museum features photos of Dust Bowl survivors and stories of post-WWII America, as well as an exhibit featuring the famous Burma-Shave signs that used to line the route.
- The old town area âitâs a living tribute to the Mother Road.
- The worldâs longest Route 66 map, painted onto the side of the El Trovatore Motel. Also check out El Trovatoreâs restored 100-foot neon sign.
ROAD TRIP TIP: Take a short 30-mile detour off Route 66 from Kingman to visit Oatman, AZ. This abandoned ghost town was originally founded in 1908, and is now home to just 135 people. Stop in for some quick souvenir shopping before you continue your journey to the South Rim.
Seligman, AZ
About 87 miles from Kingman along Route 66, Seligman is a great place to stop and stretch your legs on your way to the South Rim. There are only 500 inhabitants and few tourists. Check out the Route 66 General Store and the Return of the 50s Museum, and stop in at the Roadkill Cafe to try one of their famous buffalo burgers.
ROUTE HACK: If you want to save some time, skip the drive down Route 66 and hop on the I-40 instead. Youâll shave 14 miles off your trip.
Williams, AZ
Williams, AZ is your last stop on Route 66 (signposted here as Route 161). Despite its small size, thereâs lots to do in Williams before you head to Tusayan and onto the Grand Canyon:
- Bearizona Drive-thru Wildlife Park: See bears, wolves, buffalo, and more, from the comfort and safety of your own car.
- Grand Canyon Brewing Co: If youâre a fan of craft brews, jump on a brewery tour or stop for a bite.
- Kaibab National Forest: Explore the Kaibab National Forest and try some of the many hiking trails that originate in Williams.
- Grand Canyon Railway: Bypass Tusayan and hop on the Grand Canyon Railway for a leisurely ride through the Arizona forest right to the Grand Canyon Village, complete with a (staged) train heist.
Williams is also a convenient place to spend the nightâitâs about an hourâs drive to the South Rim, and hotels are more plentiful and affordable than inside the National Park.
Tusayan, AZ
Las Vegas â Springs Preserve â Boulder City â Hoover Dam & Lake Mead â Grand Canyon West â Route 66: Kingman and Seligman, AZ â Williams, AZ â Tusayan â South Rim National Park â Return to Las Vegas or continue east â Grand Canyon East and Page, AZ â Flagstaff, Sedona, and Jerome â Montezuma Castle â Phoenix
A short 1-hour drive from Williams, Tusayan, AZ is your last stop before the Grand Canyon. Like Williams, Tusayan is a prime spot to spend the night, but since itâs only about 15 minutes from the South Rim, hotels book up quick, so book as far in advance as possible. Stop in at the National Geographic Visitor Center and the IMAX theater to learn all about the hidden secrets of the Grand Canyon before you make your way to the South Rim.
Grand Canyon South Rim National Park
Make the most of your Grand Canyon road trip and stay overnight at (or near) the South Rim. Two days gives you the perfect amount of time to snap pics at the most iconic viewpoints, explore the Grand Canyon Village , and even check out some hiking trails.
ROAD TRIP TIP: If you want to stay overnight inside the National Park, book your accommodation as early as possible. Hotels on the Rim can be fully booked up to a year in advance.
If youâre not staying overnight in the National Park or only have one day to explore, park your car in the lots near the main entrances and take advantage of the shuttle bus. Itâs the best way to get around and easily access every viewpoint and attraction, including:
- Mojave Point
- The Grand Canyon Village
- Mather Point
Discover 11 more South Rim viewpoints to visit, find out what to do in the Grand Canyon Village, and more with our South Rim resources:
6 Iconic Grand Canyon Buildings Designed by Mary Colter
- August 25, 2021
Exploring the Grand Canyon Village
- August 20, 2021
Located on the South Rim within the Grand Canyon National Park, the Grand Canyon Village contains many of the Grand Canyonâs most iconic buildings and structures.
15 Breathtaking Grand Canyon South Rim Viewpoints [Updated in 2023]
- February 28, 2023
Some of the most recognizable Grand Canyon viewpoints can be found at the South Rim. Discover some of the most popular, from remote Yuma Point to Desert View Watchtower.
Should I Drive to the Grand Canyon from Las Vegas or Take a Guided Tour?
- July 28, 2021
Las Vegas is one of the closest major cities to the Grand Canyon, so the question for Vegas visitors isnât âshould I visit the Grand Canyon?â, itâs âshould I drive myself to the Canyon, or take a guided tour?â.
Return to Las Vegas or continue east
From the South Rim, you can return to Las Vegas and check out any spots you might have missed on your way to the Grand Canyon, or you can continue east to explore the east rim and beyond on the East Edge segment of the Ultimate Las Vegas-Grand Canyon road trip.
The Ultimate Las Vegas-Grand Canyon Road Trip: East Edge route details
Continuing eastward? Hereâs where to stop on your journey.
Grand Canyon East and Page, AZ
Page, AZ is the perfect home base for exploring the Grand Canyon East region, including Glen Canyon Dam, Horseshoe Bend (one of the most photographed natural places in the world), Marble Canyon, Antelope Canyon, and Lake Powell.
Spend a day exploring viewpoints like Horseshoe Bend and Antelope Canyon, then trade your tent, camper, or hotel room and rent a houseboat on Lake Powell for a relaxing break from the road.
FACT: Lake Powell is the second largest manmade lake in the United States, with nearly 2,000 miles of shoreline, more than 90 major canyons, and numerous sandy beaches.
Learn more about the Grand Canyon East region and find out what else you can do and see in our East Rim Guide.
From Page, you can head back west to Zion National Park and Bryce Canyon National Park, or detour northeast to Monument Valley before continuing on to Flagstaff, Sedona, and Jerome.
Flagstaff, Sedona, and Jerome, AZ
Las Vegas â Springs Preserve â Boulder City â Hoover Dam & Lake Mead â Grand Canyon West â Route 66: Kingman and Seligman, AZ â Williams, AZ â Tusayan â South Rim National Park â Return to Las Vegas or continue east â Grand Canyon East and Page, AZ â Flagstaff, Sedona, and Jerome  â Montezuma Castle â Phoenix
Flagstaff, Jerome, and Sedona, AZ are all very close to each otherâonly about 70 miles separate Flagstaff and Jerome, with Sedona sitting right in the middle. You can easily explore all three towns in 2 or 3 days.
If youâre arriving from the east rim of the Grand Canyon or Monument Valley, your first stop will be Flagstaff. If your Las Vegas-Grand Canyon road trip originated in Phoenix, youâll reach Jerome first.
Flagstaff is home to Mount Humphreys, Arizonaâs tallest mountain, as well as the Arizona Snowbowl ski resort. The resort is open year round, with summertime activities like tubing, bungee trampolining, ropes courses, and more. You can also hop on the scenic chairlift for a ride up the western side of the San Francisco Peaks to catch birds-eye views of Northern Arizona, including the red rocks of Sedona and the Grand Canyon. There are also numerous hiking trails leading up to the resort and in the surrounding area.
The Flagstaff Arboretum is also worth a visitâthis 200-acre botanical garden is home to 2,500 plant species, and one of the largest collections of mountain plants and wildflowers in the world.
DETOUR: Fans of the Eagles (the band) might recognize another town near Flagstaff. You too can stand on the corner of Winslow, Arizonaâitâs only about an hourâs drive from Flagstaff. After a quick stop in Winslow, continue another 60 miles east to Petrified Forest National Park. From here, you can return to Flagstaff or continue on to Phoenix.
Situated in the middle of Arizonaâs red mountains and right between Flagstaff and Jerome, Sedona is an ideal spot to set up camp while you explore the area. There are plenty of upscale hotels, spas, and restaurants to enjoy, as well as dozens of hiking and biking trails, and other activities such as:
- Sedona Trolley: Hop on board this historic trolley for a 55 minute narrated tour of Sedonaâs landmarks and scenic overlooks.
- Oak Creek Canyon: About 4 miles outside of Sedona, this 12-mile long river gorge is a lovely place to stop for a picnic lunch.
- Meteor Crater: Created more than 50,000 years ago when a meteor crashed into the earth, this giant crater stretches 1 mile across and is more than 550 feet deep. Bonus for Eagles fans: itâs located just outside Winslow, AZ.
Founded in the late 19th century, Jerome was once a booming mining town with a population of more than 10,000 people. Today, itâs home to less than 500 people, but thereâs lots to explore, including numerous ghost and vampire tours, as well as historical and heritage sites.
OFF THE BEATEN PATH: Adventurous travelers might enjoy an overnight stay at the Grand Hotelâformerly an insane asylum, the Grand Hotel is now considered one of the most haunted hotels in the country. If youâre a fan of the band Tool, take a trip to Caduceus CellarsâMaynard James Keenanâs wineryâfor a tasting.
Montezuma Castle
If youâre heading to Phoenix from Flagstaff, Sedona, or Jerome, stop at Montezuma Castle, just 25 miles outside of Jerome, to see the well-preserved ruins of an early cliff dwelling built around 700 AD by the pre-Columbian Sinagua people.
Whether you start your journey in Phoenix and head westward towards the Grand Canyon and Las Vegas, or end your epic Grand Canyon road trip from Las Vegas in Arizonaâs state capital, thereâs lots to see and do in Phoenix.
Enjoy the sunshine (Arizonaâs capital city sees 310 days of sunshine per year) while you check out these activities and attractions:
- Street art on Roosevelt Row: Get that perfect vacation selfie (besides your #CanyonSelfie, of course).
- Camelback Mountain: Hike to the top of Camelback Mountain for some of the best views of the area. If youâre visiting in the summer, be sure to start early to beat the heat. There are also several less intensive hikes in the area.
- First Friday: On the first Friday of every month, downtown Phoenix turns into a huge street festival, complete with food trucks, live music, street exhibitions, and more.
- Taliesin West: Visit Frank Lloyd Wrightâs famous home on the Frank Lloyd Wright Foundationâs Night Lights tour.
- Tubing: Float down the salt river in Tonto National Forest.
- South Mountain Park and Preserve: Explore over 16,000 acres of land, with over 50 miles of biking, hiking, and horseback riding trails.
If youâre planning a road trip to the Grand Canyon, Las Vegas is a great place to kickstart or wrap up your journey. You can reach each of the four rims of the Grand Canyon by car, and there are numerous places to visit on the way. See them all on the Ultimate Las Vegas-Grand Canyon road trip itinerary:
The Ultimate Grand Canyon Road Trip Guide
Get more tips for your Grand Canyon road trip in our comprehensive guide:
Itineraries
- 7 Popular Grand Canyon Road Trip Routes
- Las Vegas to the Grand Canyon
- Grand Canyon to Bryce Canyon and Zion National Park
Tips & Road Trip Hacks
- How To Plan a Road Trip
Related Posts
Which national parks close to las vegas should you visit.
- March 4, 2024
Top 10 Spots to Peep The Best Southwestern Petroglyphs
- May 23, 2023
How Was Bryce Canyon Formed + 6 Other Questions We Know You Have About Bryce Canyon National Park
- July 28, 2022
What Makes the Southwest Region Unique? What to Do & When to Visit the Southwest USA
- June 2, 2022
11 Easy Day Trips from Las Vegas
How to plan a road trip.
- January 12, 2022
Grand Canyon to Bryce Canyon and Zion National Park Road Trip Itinerary
7 grand canyon road trip itineraries.
- August 5, 2022
Driving to the Grand Canyon vs. Taking a Guided Tour
- January 5, 2022
Getting to the Grand Canyon
12 more national & state parks within driving distance of las vegas [updated in 2023].
Las Vegas is within easy driving distance of a number of iconic state and national monuments. Here are 12 of the most popular spots you can reach from Vegas.
- Grand Canyon South
- Grand Canyon North
- Grand Canyon East
- Login / Register
7 Road Trip Itineraries From Las Vegas To The Grand Canyon
- Diverse Road Trip Options : Explore 7 unique road trip itineraries starting from Las Vegas, each offering a different experience, with stops including Boulder City, Williams, and the Grand Canyon.
- Flexible Travel : With itineraries varying in length, you can choose a road trip that suits your schedule, whether you have a day or several days to spare, ensuring a memorable journey through Sedona, Flagstaff, and the Grand Canyon.
- Convenient Starting Point : Las Vegas serves as a convenient travel hub, making it easy to begin your adventure through the Western United States, experiencing breathtaking landscapes including Utah's natural wonders, and the Tonto Basin.
There is something romantic about exploring Western United States by car. You become intimately acquainted with the landscape and get to see natural wonders up close and personally. Las Vegas is a popular travel hub, making it an easy place to begin your journey. This list outlines 7 road trips you can take from this eccentric city all the way to the idyllic Grand Canyon National Park!
It only takes about 4 hours to drive from Las Vegas to the Grand Canyon. But the space between these two destinations is full of scenic stops that are worth making a trip out of! Each of these 7 different itineraries will take you through the desert on an unforgettable trip. Each road trip itinerary varies in length, so you can choose what fits best for you. Whether you only have a day to travel or wish to spend several days on the road, we have an itinerary for you!
All of these itineraries are point-to-point and are ideal for car rentals. Each road trip terminates at the Grand Canyon, giving you the option to spend as much or as little time as you'd like there. You'll find it's easy to spend a few days exploring the park. Whether you spend time hiking its beautiful trails , spending a night camping inside the canyon, or just walking around the rim, you'll love the awe-inspiring views. After your time at the national park, you can simply backtrack to either Phoenix or Las Vegas to fly home.
How To Visit Canyon De Chelly National Monument On The Navajo Nation
A direct route with scenic stops, this direct route is the fastest way to get from las vegas to the grand canyon, with two stops along the way.
This route is the most direct one you can take from Las Vegas to the Grand Canyon! The great thing about this road trip is that you can decide how long you want it to take - make the drive in a day or stretch it out over four.
No matter what you choose, start your trip in Sin City and enjoy unique experiences in the area . There are plenty of affordable hotels to book if you decide to stay the night. Next, take the drive to Boulder City, where you can experience a day of small-town charm. Visit the Hoover Dam , get fantastic views of Lake Mead from Hemenway Park, or check out the Nevada State Railroad Museum .
Before reaching the Grand Canyon, make a stop in Williams to enjoy attractions like Bearizona and the Canyon Coaster Adventure Park ! You can even take a scenic train ride to the Southern Rim . It's recommended you spend at least one night in Williams or at the hotels or campgrounds close to the Grand Canyon. This gives you a full day (or more!) to explore all the national park has to offer.
A Sedona And Flagstaff Adventure
Take a route that focuses on two of arizona's treasured towns.
If you love what you've heard about Sedona and Flagstaff, then this is the perfect route for you. This is a flexible route, allowing you to take as much or as little time as you'd like in these cities. The drive from Las Vegas to Sedona only takes about 4 hours and 20 minutes, making it easy to accomplish in a day.
There's a lot to discover on the road from Sedona to the Grand Canyon , so make sure you allow an appropriate amount of time to stop and see all the sights! This route is recommended for anyone hoping to mix in hiking and sightseeing when visiting these cities. It's also perfect for anyone on a time constraint or wanting to be conservative with trip mileage, as it is one of the shorter routes that is still jam-packed with attractions.
See Utah's Natural Wonders On This Road Trip
This longer point-to-point takes you north to see the magical beauty of utah.
Take the scenic route through Utah and explore the best that Mother Nature has to offer! This northern route takes you on a road trip through several beautiful conservation areas where you can see native flora, interesting rock structures, and desert wildlife.
Next, head over to the Red Cliffs National Conservation Area to see the mesmerizing red rocks that constitute this habitat. In this quiet, natural space, you'll be walking the same path as the dinosaurs . There are plenty of hikes in this area around St. George, Utah , if you're looking to stretch your legs! After all these conservation areas, you'll make a stop in Big Water, where you can explore the southern area of the Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument. The Big Water Visitors' Center is worth checking out, with its dinosaur theme and paleontology exhibits.
On the last day, you'll make the final push to the Grand Canyon, where you can explore all the stunning beauty this national park has to offer. This route is perfect for people who are looking to camp, or perhaps interested in renting an RV.
Since the national conservation areas are located on Bureau of Land Management (BLM) land, you can often find free campsites. This is a perfect, budget-friendly travel hack for anyone driving an RV or a car they don't mind sleeping in. Check out the BLM's website for more details.
Explore National Monuments On This Road Trip
Discover arizona's treasures between phoenix and the grand canyon.
Start your journey by driving directly to Phoenix. This three to five-day road trip includes many beautiful stops to enjoy between Phoenix and the Grand Canyon! Featuring two fantastic national monuments, as well as 3 cities, this route has attractions that everyone in the family will love. Explore our in-depth guide on how best to experience this route !
Between Phoenix, Sedona, and Flagstaff, you'll have ample options for high-quality places to stay. This is a perfect route for anyone looking to sleep primarily in hotels.
A 6-Day Road Trip With A Stop In Lake Havasu City
Check out these amazing cities on your way to the grand canyon.
For those looking to travel in comfort and style, this city-focused route is the one for you! Explore 4 cities, in addition to Las Vegas, on your way to the Grand Canyon.
After a day in Las Vegas, your first stop will be at Lake Havasu City. This desert oasis is full of activities like hiking, shopping, and water sports and is sure to quench your thirst for adventure!
Next, you'll head over to Phoenix, Arizona, where you'll find ample ways to spend your time. This city is so big, you might even want to spend two nights here. Since this is a road trip, make sure you don't miss out on the scenic drives in the area !
Next, you'll head back north to Sedona, where you can get in touch with your spirituality and explore the stunning natural areas. It's worth it to spend some time here exploring the surrounding trails, as well as the local eateries and shopping.
Before reaching the Grand Canyon, you'll make one last stop in Flagstaff. This hidden gem of a city provides visitors with lots of family-friendly activities, breweries, natural attractions, and so much more . As it is only 75 miles from the Grand Canyon, it provides an easy jumping-off point for you to explore the national park.
10 Things To Do In Lake Havasu City: Complete Guide To This Desert Oasis
See the tonto basin along this road trip, take this southern route to experience 2 of arizona's national forests.
After your day in Las Vegas, take the drive straight to Phoenix, Arizona. Starting your trip in this city provides you with a great, comfortable place to prepare for your two days in the national forests.
Next is Tonto Basin, where you'll find ample trails that wind through the stunning, picturesque landscape . Spend a night under the stars at one of the free campsites if you're on a budget. Of course, if camping isn't your cup of tea, hotel accommodations are available in Tonto Basin!
For your final stop before the Grand Canyon, you'll be exploring the forests that surround Flagstaff. Make sure you travel in the spring or fall to see the stunning natural beauty in full bloom. In the fall, the aspen trees turn a bright yellow, creating an eye-catching mountain range blooming with color. The Lockett Meadow Inner Basin Loop is a popular trail where you can see these trees on display.
See The 7 Wonders Of Arizona On This Road Trip
Explore grand staircase-escalante national monument on this road trip, hit two national parks, as well as a national monument and an epic river town where you can see additional canyons.
This route is our longest, but it is a road trip worth the time. This route will take you through Bryce Canyon National Park, a landscape that is full of geological wonders. The entrance costs $25-35 , so it might be worth it to spend a night or two inside the park. There are plenty of unforgettable hikes you can take to fill your time over two to three days!
Next, you'll reach Escalante to explore the Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument. Here, you can explore the visitor's center , as well as the expansive natural spaces in the surrounding forest. If you plan ahead and get a permit to hike the Wave Trail , you'll experience otherworldly views amid the red rocks.
A little more than a four-hour drive will bring you down to Lake Powell, where you'll definitely want to spend some time exploring the area. This stunning landscape is home to the Antelope Canyon , another natural attraction that is famous for a reason. This slot canyon holds inexplicable beauty and is definitely worth seeing! Lake Powell is the second-largest artificial lake in America and is worth exploring for a day or two.
- Car Rentals
- Airport Transfers
- Attractions & Tours
- Bundle & Save
- Destinations
- Trip.com Rewards
Club 90's Presents Taylor Swift Night 2024 (Las Vegas) | Brooklyn Bowl Las Vegas
Club 90's Presents Taylor Swift Night is an event not to be missed at Brooklyn Bowl Las Vegas on May 4, 2024. The venue's address is 3545 S Las Vegas Boulevard, Las Vegas, NV, 89109. The concert promises an unforgettable night filled with the iconic songs of Taylor Swift. From her chart-topping hits to fan favorites, the show will have the audience singing and dancing along. Tickets for Club 90's Presents Taylor Swift Night will be available for purchase from March 29, 2024, at 5:00 PM until May 5, 2024, at 6:00 AM. So mark your calendars and get ready to experience the magic of Taylor Swift's music in a vibrant and energetic atmosphere. Join the crowd and immerse yourself in the nostalgia of the 90's with Taylor Swift's timeless tunes at this special event.
Provided by Baileigh_ | Published Apr 7, 2024
Are you interested in Club 90's Presents Taylor Swift Night 2024 (Las Vegas)?
Recommended products for club 90's presents taylor swift night 2024 (las vegas) | brooklyn bowl las vegas, aria sky suites, skylofts at mgm grand, east fremont street, moscow ï las vegas, more contents about las vegas.
- Customer Support
- Service Guarantee
- More Service Info
- Website Feedback
- About Trip.com
- Terms & Conditions
- Privacy Statement
- About Trip.com Group
Other Services
- Investor Relations
- Affiliate Program
- List My Property
- Become a Supplier
- Airport Transfers
- Attractions & Tours
- Flight + Hotel
- Destinations
- Trip.com Rewards
Club 90's Presents Taylor Swift Night 2024 (Las Vegas) | Brooklyn Bowl Las Vegas
Club 90's Presents Taylor Swift Night is an event not to be missed at Brooklyn Bowl Las Vegas on May 4, 2024. The venue's address is 3545 S Las Vegas Boulevard, Las Vegas, NV, 89109. The concert promises an unforgettable night filled with the iconic songs of Taylor Swift. From her chart-topping hits to fan favorites, the show will have the audience singing and dancing along. Tickets for Club 90's Presents Taylor Swift Night will be available for purchase from March 29, 2024, at 5:00 PM until May 5, 2024, at 6:00 AM. So mark your calendars and get ready to experience the magic of Taylor Swift's music in a vibrant and energetic atmosphere. Join the crowd and immerse yourself in the nostalgia of the 90's with Taylor Swift's timeless tunes at this special event.
Provided by Baileigh_ | Published Apr 7, 2024
Are you interested in Club 90's Presents Taylor Swift Night 2024 (Las Vegas)?
Recommended products for club 90's presents taylor swift night 2024 (las vegas) | brooklyn bowl las vegas, aria sky suites, skylofts at mgm grand, east fremont street, more contents about las vegas.
- Customer Support
- Service Guarantee
- More Service Info
- Website Feedback
- About Trip.com
- Terms & Conditions
- Privacy and Cookies
- About Trip.com Group
Other Services
- Investor Relations
- Affiliate Program
- List My Property
- Become a Supplier
IMAGES
COMMENTS
Fashion Show Mall is a great place to chill, grab a bite, and get your wardrobe on point. Loaded with 250 shops, 8 department stores, and 25 food options, this shopping oasis will make sure you go home with some sexy Vegas swag. The best part is, Fashion Show Mall features some of our favorite Las Vegas Strip attractions like Shaq's Fantasy Lab.
Finally, remember that these itineraries are just ideas, and your agenda will depend on your interests and budget. You may prefer to stick to activities on the Strip, or you may want to take a day trip from Las Vegas!. Las Vegas in a day, a Las Vegas birthday itinerary idea; 2-day Las Vegas itinerary, the best Las Vegas weekend itinerary; 3-day Las Vegas itinerary, a Las Vegas bachelor party ...
Las Vegas Itinerary Day 3. The Mob Museum | Fremont Street | The Venetian | The Adventuredome Theme Park | The Blue Man Group. The Las Vegas itinerary is shaping up pretty well so far. Day 3 is for Downtown Las Vegas, and cleaning up the places in the strip that you haven't got round to doing yet.
The city of pleasure has so many options that sometimes it's hard to know where to begin! Luckily, we created the perfect weekend in Vegas itinerary to help you plan a jam-packed 3-day trip to Sin City. This Las Vegas weekend itinerary was created by Practical Wanderlust's very own Social Media Manager and intrepid Gen-Z traveler, Melissa.
Horseback Ride through Red Rock Canyon. After a short drive from the Strip, take a guided horseback tour through the rugged landscape that surrounds Las Vegas. Outdoor Shooting Experience at Adrenaline Mountain. One of the highest rate ranges in Vegas. Option 4: Pinball Hall of Fame - fun, low cost choice for all ages.
The LINQ Promenade, a shopping, dining and entertainment district, is packed with attractions - and visiting is a must on your 3 Day Itinerary Las Vegas. You can go for a spin on the High Roller at the LINQ - one of the world's tallest observation wheels - or fly 1,000 feet above the Promenade via zipline.
S ome of the best day trips from Las Vegas are: Valley of Fire State Park. Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend. Hoover Dam and Route 66. Black Canyon Kayak Tour (half day) or Emerald Cave Kayaking. Grand Canyon (West Rim) Bryce Canyon and Zion National Parks. And now, let's get this Las Vegas itinerary started!
The SkyPod has a late-night bar and lounge, so it's the perfect place to wrap up a Las Vegas couples itinerary. Day 2. A Las Vegas weekend itinerary is ideal because you can experience some daytime activities in Las Vegas before diving into the nightlife. First, take a break from the Strip with a half-day Hoover Dam tour.
The Mob Museum, located in Downtown Las Vegas, is a great addition to your 3 days in Las Vegas itinerary. This museum immerses visitors in the history and impact of organized crime. The Mob Museum's historic building helps to make the experience even more authentic as many famous mob-related hearings were held here.
2. The Mob Museum - one of the best museums in Las Vegas. 3. Hoover Dam Tour from Las Vegas - one of the most popular day trips from Las Vegas. 4. Venetian Gondola Ride + Madame Tussauds - two iconic Vegas attractions for one price! Best Places to Stay in Las Vegas:
Here's what to do in Vegas for 5 days: Day 1: High Roller, Flamingo, Bellagio Fountains & Paris. Day 2: Gold & Silver Pawn Shop, Mob Museum, Neon Museum, Fremont Street & Arts District. Day 3: Grand Canyon Day Trip. Day 4: New York New York, Excalibur, Luxor, Mandalay Bay, Las Vegas Sign & A Show.
There really is SO much to do, it can almost be a bit overwhelming, so I wanted to round up some of our favorite spots in Vegas into the ultimate 4-Day Vegas Trip Itinerary if you are planning a quick trip with your spouse or a girlfriend and want to make the most of it! Keep reading for my Vegas must-sees, must-dos, and must-wears đ. DAY 1:
Fremont Street is the second most famous street in Vegas after The Strip and is a must for your 5 day Las Vegas itinerary. It comprises 4 blocks made up of casinos, shops, bars, restaurants, and entertainment venues. It's all open-air with tonnes of street performances and bright lights including a giant LED canopy.
When it comes to bars and nightclubs, the party goes on: Most remain open until the wee hours. In Vegas, the major shopping centers usually close around 9 or 10 p.m., but many hotel shops stay open later (just beware of drunk shopping). Most of the Vegas shows run multiple times a day; just check the schedule and book in advance.
3 Days in Las Vegas: A Vegas Trip Itinerary. Travel Guides. May 17. Written By Nicole . How to spend 3 days in Las Vegas. Looking to spend 3 days in the Las Vegas area? Find things to do and see, the best casinos, popular hotspots, delicious eats, adventures off The Strip, and more in Sin City. Keep on reading for your perfect Vegas itinerary!
A must-order is their "Devil's" Eggs, Black Rice & Oxtail Risotto, Cocoa-Espresso NY Strip, and of course, dessert âthe Glazed Donut Bread Pudding. Esther's Kitchen Address ($$): 1130 S Casino Center Blvd #110, Las Vegas, NV 89104. Carson Kitchen Address ($$): 124 S 6th St Suite 100, Las Vegas, NV 89101.
After enjoying a delicious feast, head to the High Roller - a 10 min car ride / 20 min walk (shortcut through the hotels) to reach the wheel that soars 550 feet above the centre of the Las Vegas Strip,higher than both the London Eye and Singapore Flyer. With sweeping 360-degree views of the Las Vegas Valley and The Strip, the wheel takes 30 minutes to complete one revolution, the city lights ...
Hilton Garden Inn Las Vegas Strip South. The best budget-friendly option for a hotel in Las Vegas, that keeps you on the Strip, is the Hilton Garden Inn Las Vegas Strip South. The hotel averages around $150-$200 a night, which is fairly inexpensive for hotels on the Las Vegas Strip. So you won't break the bank if you stay here.
This 3-day itinerary includes: Hop-on Hop-off Big Bus Sightseeing Tour. Bellagio Conservatory & Botanical Gardens (free!) Fountains at Bellagio (free!) Show at the V Theater. Madame Tussauds Las Vegas. High Roller Observation Wheel at The LINQ. Eiffel Tower Experience. Grand Canyon South Rim Tour.
Best Ways to Get Around Las Vegas for this itinerary. Where to Stay for this Las Vegas with kids itinerary. Las Vegas family itinerary. Day 1: Las Vegas Sign. Red Rock Canyon. Mandalay Bay Aquarium. Day 2: Las Vegas Strip with Kids. Ride a Gondola.
Route Summary. Las Vegas â Springs Preserve â Boulder City â Hoover Dam & Lake Mead â Grand Canyon West â Route 66: Kingman and Seligman, AZ â Williams, AZ â Tusayan â South Rim National Park â Return to Las Vegas or continue east â Grand Canyon East and Page, AZ â Flagstaff, Sedona, and Jerome â Montezuma Castle â ...
10 hours to 7 days. Bryce Canyon, Grand Staircase-Escalante, Lake Powell. Year-round. Hop in the car and take one of these 7 routes from Las Vegas to the Grand Canyon to make your western road ...
Searching for information and tickets regarding Club 90's Presents Taylor Swift Night 2024 (Las Vegas) | Brooklyn Bowl Las Vegas taking place in Las Vegas on May 4, 2024 (UTC-8)? Trip.com has you covered. Check the dates, itineraries, and other information about Club 90's Presents Taylor Swift Night 2024 (Las Vegas) | Brooklyn Bowl Las Vegas now! Trip.com has also prepared more similar ...
Searching for information and tickets regarding Club 90's Presents Taylor Swift Night 2024 (Las Vegas) | Brooklyn Bowl Las Vegas taking place in Las Vegas on May 4, 2024 (UTC-8)? Trip.com has you covered. Check the dates, itineraries, and other information about Club 90's Presents Taylor Swift Night 2024 (Las Vegas) | Brooklyn Bowl Las Vegas now! Trip.com has also prepared more similar ...